sl@0
|
1 |
// Copyright (c) 1995-2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
|
sl@0
|
2 |
// All rights reserved.
|
sl@0
|
3 |
// This component and the accompanying materials are made available
|
sl@0
|
4 |
// under the terms of "Eclipse Public License v1.0"
|
sl@0
|
5 |
// which accompanies this distribution, and is available
|
sl@0
|
6 |
// at the URL "http://www.eclipse.org/legal/epl-v10.html".
|
sl@0
|
7 |
//
|
sl@0
|
8 |
// Initial Contributors:
|
sl@0
|
9 |
// Nokia Corporation - initial contribution.
|
sl@0
|
10 |
//
|
sl@0
|
11 |
// Contributors:
|
sl@0
|
12 |
//
|
sl@0
|
13 |
// Description:
|
sl@0
|
14 |
// wins\specific\gui.cpp
|
sl@0
|
15 |
//
|
sl@0
|
16 |
//
|
sl@0
|
17 |
#define WINVER 0x0500
|
sl@0
|
18 |
|
sl@0
|
19 |
#include "gui.h"
|
sl@0
|
20 |
#include <emulator.h>
|
sl@0
|
21 |
#include <assp.h>
|
sl@0
|
22 |
#include <kernel/kern_priv.h>
|
sl@0
|
23 |
#include <kernel/kpower.h>
|
sl@0
|
24 |
#include "variant.h"
|
sl@0
|
25 |
#include "resource.h"
|
sl@0
|
26 |
#include "winsgui.h"
|
sl@0
|
27 |
#include "display_chan.h"
|
sl@0
|
28 |
#include "pixelformats.h"
|
sl@0
|
29 |
#include "multitouch.h"
|
sl@0
|
30 |
|
sl@0
|
31 |
#include "monitors.h"
|
sl@0
|
32 |
|
sl@0
|
33 |
//Define these so that emulator generates varying values for gce stride and offset.
|
sl@0
|
34 |
//By default in emulator, stride is exactly right for display resolution and offset is zero
|
sl@0
|
35 |
//Setting these will identify code which incorrectly calculates these factors instead of requesting them
|
sl@0
|
36 |
//Note that multiples of 4 bytes are preferred for various reasons.
|
sl@0
|
37 |
//[3/5/07 The Secure presentation burffer ignores stride extra because it uses a windows bitmap header to render.]
|
sl@0
|
38 |
// #define TEST_GCE_VARIABLE_STRIDE_EXTRA 16 //This constant is added to each mode's scanline length in bytes. It may cause a break if enabled because the iDisplayBufferOffset is not being set
|
sl@0
|
39 |
// #define TEST_GCE_VARIABLE_START_EXTRA 16 //A multiple of this is added to each mode's start address in bytes
|
sl@0
|
40 |
// #define ASSYMETRIC_SQUARE_STRIDE //If this is defined and the width==height the the stride will not be the same!
|
sl@0
|
41 |
|
sl@0
|
42 |
enum
|
sl@0
|
43 |
{
|
sl@0
|
44 |
KMaskModeNum=0x0FFFFFFF,
|
sl@0
|
45 |
KMaskModeFlag8=0x80000000,
|
sl@0
|
46 |
KMaskModeFlag4=0x40000000,
|
sl@0
|
47 |
KMaskModeFlag2=0x20000000,
|
sl@0
|
48 |
KMaskModeFlag1=0x10000000,
|
sl@0
|
49 |
|
sl@0
|
50 |
KModeFlagFlipped=KMaskModeFlag8,
|
sl@0
|
51 |
|
sl@0
|
52 |
};
|
sl@0
|
53 |
enum
|
sl@0
|
54 |
{
|
sl@0
|
55 |
KMaskScreenNum=0x0FFF,
|
sl@0
|
56 |
KMaskScreenFlag8=0x8000,
|
sl@0
|
57 |
KMaskScreenFlag4=0x4000,
|
sl@0
|
58 |
KMaskScreenFlag2=0x2000,
|
sl@0
|
59 |
KMaskScreenFlag1=0x1000,
|
sl@0
|
60 |
|
sl@0
|
61 |
KScreenFlagSecure=KMaskScreenFlag8,
|
sl@0
|
62 |
|
sl@0
|
63 |
};
|
sl@0
|
64 |
const TInt KMaxDisplayColors=16777216;
|
sl@0
|
65 |
const TInt KMaxDisplayContrast=1;
|
sl@0
|
66 |
|
sl@0
|
67 |
static TEmulatorFlip* CurrentFlipState=NULL;
|
sl@0
|
68 |
static TInt CurrentConfiguration = 0;
|
sl@0
|
69 |
static TInt SavedFlipMessage = 0;
|
sl@0
|
70 |
|
sl@0
|
71 |
DWinsUi *systemIni=NULL;
|
sl@0
|
72 |
DMasterIni* masterIni;
|
sl@0
|
73 |
|
sl@0
|
74 |
DMultiTouch* TheMultiTouch;
|
sl@0
|
75 |
static HWND TheControlWin;
|
sl@0
|
76 |
static HWND* TheChildWin=NULL;
|
sl@0
|
77 |
static HWND* TheWin=NULL;
|
sl@0
|
78 |
static HWND hwndStatus; // To display the X,Y,Z information of each mouse
|
sl@0
|
79 |
static TInt VirtualKeyPressed = EStdKeyNull;
|
sl@0
|
80 |
static HBITMAP* TheScreenBitmap=NULL;
|
sl@0
|
81 |
static TUint LedMask;
|
sl@0
|
82 |
static TBool WsSwitchOnScreen;
|
sl@0
|
83 |
|
sl@0
|
84 |
const char * DefaultWindowTitle = "Symbian OS Emulator";
|
sl@0
|
85 |
|
sl@0
|
86 |
#ifdef __VC32__
|
sl@0
|
87 |
|
sl@0
|
88 |
#ifdef _DEBUG
|
sl@0
|
89 |
const char * VersionText = " - wins udeb";
|
sl@0
|
90 |
#else
|
sl@0
|
91 |
const char * VersionText = " - wins urel";
|
sl@0
|
92 |
#endif
|
sl@0
|
93 |
|
sl@0
|
94 |
#else
|
sl@0
|
95 |
#ifdef __CW32__
|
sl@0
|
96 |
|
sl@0
|
97 |
#ifdef _DEBUG
|
sl@0
|
98 |
const char * VersionText = " - winscw udeb";
|
sl@0
|
99 |
#else
|
sl@0
|
100 |
const char * VersionText = " - winscw urel";
|
sl@0
|
101 |
#endif
|
sl@0
|
102 |
|
sl@0
|
103 |
#else
|
sl@0
|
104 |
//not winscw or wins!
|
sl@0
|
105 |
#ifdef _DEBUG
|
sl@0
|
106 |
const char * VersionText = " - unknown udeb";
|
sl@0
|
107 |
#else
|
sl@0
|
108 |
const char * VersionText = " - unknown urel");
|
sl@0
|
109 |
#endif
|
sl@0
|
110 |
|
sl@0
|
111 |
#endif
|
sl@0
|
112 |
#endif
|
sl@0
|
113 |
|
sl@0
|
114 |
void Inactive();
|
sl@0
|
115 |
void Active();
|
sl@0
|
116 |
void DrawLeds();
|
sl@0
|
117 |
void UpdateModifiers();
|
sl@0
|
118 |
TInt DisplayHalFunction(TAny*, TInt aFunction, TAny* a1, TAny* a2);
|
sl@0
|
119 |
LOCAL_C TBool PaintWindowFromBuffer(HWND hWnd);
|
sl@0
|
120 |
|
sl@0
|
121 |
GLDEF_C const char* skipws(const char* aPtr)
|
sl@0
|
122 |
{
|
sl@0
|
123 |
while (isspace(*aPtr))
|
sl@0
|
124 |
++aPtr;
|
sl@0
|
125 |
return aPtr;
|
sl@0
|
126 |
}
|
sl@0
|
127 |
|
sl@0
|
128 |
GLDEF_C const char* skiptok(const char* aPtr)
|
sl@0
|
129 |
{
|
sl@0
|
130 |
while (isalnum(*aPtr))
|
sl@0
|
131 |
++aPtr;
|
sl@0
|
132 |
return aPtr;
|
sl@0
|
133 |
}
|
sl@0
|
134 |
|
sl@0
|
135 |
GLDEF_C TInt CompareI(const TDesC8& aLhs, const TDesC8& aRhs)
|
sl@0
|
136 |
//
|
sl@0
|
137 |
// Case insensitive comparison of descriptors
|
sl@0
|
138 |
// (TDesC::CompareF not available to kernel side code)
|
sl@0
|
139 |
//
|
sl@0
|
140 |
{
|
sl@0
|
141 |
TInt ll = aLhs.Length();
|
sl@0
|
142 |
TInt rl = aRhs.Length();
|
sl@0
|
143 |
TInt len = Min(ll, rl);
|
sl@0
|
144 |
TInt k = _strnicmp((const char*)aLhs.Ptr(), (const char*)aRhs.Ptr(), len);
|
sl@0
|
145 |
return k != 0 ? k : ll - rl;
|
sl@0
|
146 |
}
|
sl@0
|
147 |
|
sl@0
|
148 |
GLDEF_C TInt MultiProperty(TInt (*aHandler)(TAny* aObj, const char*), TAny* aPtr, const char* aProperty)
|
sl@0
|
149 |
{
|
sl@0
|
150 |
const char* value = Property::GetString(aProperty);
|
sl@0
|
151 |
if (!value)
|
sl@0
|
152 |
return KErrNone;
|
sl@0
|
153 |
for (;;)
|
sl@0
|
154 |
{
|
sl@0
|
155 |
TInt r = aHandler(aPtr, value);
|
sl@0
|
156 |
if (r != KErrNone)
|
sl@0
|
157 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
158 |
const char* ev = strchr(value, ';');
|
sl@0
|
159 |
if (!ev)
|
sl@0
|
160 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
161 |
value = ev + 1;
|
sl@0
|
162 |
}
|
sl@0
|
163 |
return KErrNone;
|
sl@0
|
164 |
}
|
sl@0
|
165 |
|
sl@0
|
166 |
class DWinsGuiPowerHandler : public DPowerHandler
|
sl@0
|
167 |
{
|
sl@0
|
168 |
public: // from DPowerHandler
|
sl@0
|
169 |
void PowerDown(TPowerState);
|
sl@0
|
170 |
void PowerUp();
|
sl@0
|
171 |
public:
|
sl@0
|
172 |
static DWinsGuiPowerHandler* New();
|
sl@0
|
173 |
void ScreenOn();
|
sl@0
|
174 |
void ScreenOff();
|
sl@0
|
175 |
void ScreenOn(TInt aScreen);
|
sl@0
|
176 |
void ScreenOff(TInt aScreen);
|
sl@0
|
177 |
public:
|
sl@0
|
178 |
DWinsGuiPowerHandler();
|
sl@0
|
179 |
TBool ProcessEvent(const TRawEvent* aEvent);
|
sl@0
|
180 |
TBool ProcessEventDfc(const TRawEvent* aEvent);
|
sl@0
|
181 |
TBool iStandby;
|
sl@0
|
182 |
};
|
sl@0
|
183 |
|
sl@0
|
184 |
static DWinsGuiPowerHandler* WinsGuiPowerHandler;
|
sl@0
|
185 |
|
sl@0
|
186 |
_LIT(KWinsGuiName, "WinsGui");
|
sl@0
|
187 |
|
sl@0
|
188 |
DWinsGuiPowerHandler* DWinsGuiPowerHandler::New()
|
sl@0
|
189 |
{
|
sl@0
|
190 |
DWinsGuiPowerHandler* self = new DWinsGuiPowerHandler();
|
sl@0
|
191 |
if (!self)
|
sl@0
|
192 |
return NULL;
|
sl@0
|
193 |
self->Add();
|
sl@0
|
194 |
|
sl@0
|
195 |
return self;
|
sl@0
|
196 |
}
|
sl@0
|
197 |
|
sl@0
|
198 |
DWinsGuiPowerHandler::DWinsGuiPowerHandler() : DPowerHandler(KWinsGuiName)
|
sl@0
|
199 |
{
|
sl@0
|
200 |
}
|
sl@0
|
201 |
|
sl@0
|
202 |
void DWinsGuiPowerHandler::ScreenOff()
|
sl@0
|
203 |
{
|
sl@0
|
204 |
for(TInt ix=0;ix<systemIni->iScreens.Count();ix++)
|
sl@0
|
205 |
ScreenOff(ix);
|
sl@0
|
206 |
}
|
sl@0
|
207 |
|
sl@0
|
208 |
void DWinsGuiPowerHandler::ScreenOn()
|
sl@0
|
209 |
{
|
sl@0
|
210 |
for(TInt ix=0;ix<systemIni->iScreens.Count();ix++)
|
sl@0
|
211 |
ScreenOn(ix);
|
sl@0
|
212 |
}
|
sl@0
|
213 |
|
sl@0
|
214 |
void DWinsGuiPowerHandler::ScreenOff(TInt aScreen)
|
sl@0
|
215 |
{
|
sl@0
|
216 |
PostMessageA(TheWin[aScreen], WM_EMUL_POWER_ON, FALSE, NULL);
|
sl@0
|
217 |
systemIni->iScreens[aScreen]->iScreenOff = ETrue;
|
sl@0
|
218 |
}
|
sl@0
|
219 |
|
sl@0
|
220 |
void DWinsGuiPowerHandler::ScreenOn(TInt aScreen)
|
sl@0
|
221 |
{
|
sl@0
|
222 |
PostMessageA(TheWin[aScreen], WM_EMUL_POWER_ON, TRUE, NULL);
|
sl@0
|
223 |
systemIni->iScreens[aScreen]->iScreenOff = EFalse;
|
sl@0
|
224 |
}
|
sl@0
|
225 |
|
sl@0
|
226 |
void DWinsGuiPowerHandler::PowerDown(TPowerState aState)
|
sl@0
|
227 |
{
|
sl@0
|
228 |
if (aState == EPwStandby)
|
sl@0
|
229 |
iStandby = ETrue;
|
sl@0
|
230 |
ScreenOff();
|
sl@0
|
231 |
PowerDownDone();
|
sl@0
|
232 |
}
|
sl@0
|
233 |
|
sl@0
|
234 |
|
sl@0
|
235 |
void DWinsGuiPowerHandler::PowerUp()
|
sl@0
|
236 |
{
|
sl@0
|
237 |
iStandby = EFalse;
|
sl@0
|
238 |
ScreenOn();
|
sl@0
|
239 |
PowerUpDone();
|
sl@0
|
240 |
}
|
sl@0
|
241 |
|
sl@0
|
242 |
// called in the interrupt context
|
sl@0
|
243 |
TBool DWinsGuiPowerHandler::ProcessEvent(const TRawEvent* aEvent)
|
sl@0
|
244 |
{
|
sl@0
|
245 |
if (!iStandby)
|
sl@0
|
246 |
// Pass through
|
sl@0
|
247 |
return EFalse;
|
sl@0
|
248 |
|
sl@0
|
249 |
if ((aEvent->Type() == TRawEvent::EKeyDown))
|
sl@0
|
250 |
{
|
sl@0
|
251 |
Wins::Self() -> AssertWakeupSignal();
|
sl@0
|
252 |
}
|
sl@0
|
253 |
|
sl@0
|
254 |
// Ignore
|
sl@0
|
255 |
return ETrue;
|
sl@0
|
256 |
}
|
sl@0
|
257 |
|
sl@0
|
258 |
// called in DFC
|
sl@0
|
259 |
TBool DWinsGuiPowerHandler::ProcessEventDfc(const TRawEvent* aEvent)
|
sl@0
|
260 |
{
|
sl@0
|
261 |
if (aEvent->Type() == TRawEvent::EKeyDown)
|
sl@0
|
262 |
{
|
sl@0
|
263 |
Wins::Self() -> WakeupEvent();
|
sl@0
|
264 |
if (aEvent->ScanCode() == EStdKeyF5)
|
sl@0
|
265 |
{
|
sl@0
|
266 |
// Simulate a media change interrupt (media removed)
|
sl@0
|
267 |
Wins::MediaChangeCallBack();
|
sl@0
|
268 |
*Wins::MediaDoorOpenPtr()=ETrue;
|
sl@0
|
269 |
// Ignore
|
sl@0
|
270 |
return ETrue;
|
sl@0
|
271 |
}
|
sl@0
|
272 |
if (aEvent->ScanCode() == EStdKeyF8)
|
sl@0
|
273 |
{
|
sl@0
|
274 |
TRawEvent v;
|
sl@0
|
275 |
v.Set(TRawEvent::ECaseClose);
|
sl@0
|
276 |
Kern::AddEvent(v);
|
sl@0
|
277 |
// Ignore
|
sl@0
|
278 |
return ETrue;
|
sl@0
|
279 |
}
|
sl@0
|
280 |
if (aEvent->ScanCode() == EStdKeyF8)
|
sl@0
|
281 |
{
|
sl@0
|
282 |
TRawEvent v;
|
sl@0
|
283 |
v.Set(TRawEvent::ECaseClose);
|
sl@0
|
284 |
Kern::AddEvent(v);
|
sl@0
|
285 |
// Ignore
|
sl@0
|
286 |
return ETrue;
|
sl@0
|
287 |
}
|
sl@0
|
288 |
if (aEvent->ScanCode() == EStdKeyOff)
|
sl@0
|
289 |
{
|
sl@0
|
290 |
// Pass through
|
sl@0
|
291 |
return EFalse;
|
sl@0
|
292 |
}
|
sl@0
|
293 |
if (aEvent->ScanCode() == EStdKeyF10)
|
sl@0
|
294 |
{
|
sl@0
|
295 |
TRawEvent v;
|
sl@0
|
296 |
v.Set(TRawEvent::ESwitchOff);
|
sl@0
|
297 |
Kern::AddEvent(v);
|
sl@0
|
298 |
// Ignore
|
sl@0
|
299 |
return ETrue;
|
sl@0
|
300 |
}
|
sl@0
|
301 |
if (aEvent->ScanCode() == EStdKeyF11)
|
sl@0
|
302 |
{
|
sl@0
|
303 |
TRawEvent v;
|
sl@0
|
304 |
v.Set(TRawEvent::ECaseOpen);
|
sl@0
|
305 |
Kern::AddEvent(v);
|
sl@0
|
306 |
// Ignore
|
sl@0
|
307 |
return ETrue;
|
sl@0
|
308 |
}
|
sl@0
|
309 |
}
|
sl@0
|
310 |
else if (aEvent->Type() == TRawEvent::EKeyUp)
|
sl@0
|
311 |
{
|
sl@0
|
312 |
if (aEvent->ScanCode() == EStdKeyF10)
|
sl@0
|
313 |
// Ignore
|
sl@0
|
314 |
return ETrue;
|
sl@0
|
315 |
|
sl@0
|
316 |
if (aEvent->ScanCode() == EStdKeyF5)
|
sl@0
|
317 |
{
|
sl@0
|
318 |
// Simulate a media change interrupt (media Present)
|
sl@0
|
319 |
*Wins::MediaDoorOpenPtr()=EFalse;
|
sl@0
|
320 |
return ETrue;
|
sl@0
|
321 |
}
|
sl@0
|
322 |
}
|
sl@0
|
323 |
|
sl@0
|
324 |
// Path through
|
sl@0
|
325 |
return EFalse;
|
sl@0
|
326 |
}
|
sl@0
|
327 |
|
sl@0
|
328 |
class EventQ
|
sl@0
|
329 |
{
|
sl@0
|
330 |
enum {ESize = 16};
|
sl@0
|
331 |
public:
|
sl@0
|
332 |
EventQ();
|
sl@0
|
333 |
void Add(const TRawEvent& aEvent);
|
sl@0
|
334 |
private:
|
sl@0
|
335 |
static void Dfc(TAny* aPtr);
|
sl@0
|
336 |
void Empty();
|
sl@0
|
337 |
private:
|
sl@0
|
338 |
TDfc iDfc;
|
sl@0
|
339 |
TRawEvent* iTail;
|
sl@0
|
340 |
TRawEvent iQ[ESize];
|
sl@0
|
341 |
};
|
sl@0
|
342 |
|
sl@0
|
343 |
EventQ::EventQ()
|
sl@0
|
344 |
:iDfc(&EventQ::Dfc, this, Kern::DfcQue0(), 6), iTail(iQ)
|
sl@0
|
345 |
{}
|
sl@0
|
346 |
|
sl@0
|
347 |
|
sl@0
|
348 |
void EventQ::Add(const TRawEvent& aEvent)
|
sl@0
|
349 |
{
|
sl@0
|
350 |
StartOfInterrupt();
|
sl@0
|
351 |
if (WinsGuiPowerHandler->ProcessEvent(&aEvent))
|
sl@0
|
352 |
{
|
sl@0
|
353 |
EndOfInterrupt();
|
sl@0
|
354 |
return;
|
sl@0
|
355 |
}
|
sl@0
|
356 |
|
sl@0
|
357 |
TRawEvent* pE = iTail;
|
sl@0
|
358 |
if (pE != &iQ[ESize])
|
sl@0
|
359 |
{
|
sl@0
|
360 |
*pE = aEvent;
|
sl@0
|
361 |
iTail = pE + 1;
|
sl@0
|
362 |
if (pE == iQ)
|
sl@0
|
363 |
iDfc.Add();
|
sl@0
|
364 |
}
|
sl@0
|
365 |
EndOfInterrupt();
|
sl@0
|
366 |
}
|
sl@0
|
367 |
|
sl@0
|
368 |
void EventQ::Dfc(TAny* aPtr)
|
sl@0
|
369 |
{
|
sl@0
|
370 |
static_cast<EventQ*>(aPtr)->Empty();
|
sl@0
|
371 |
}
|
sl@0
|
372 |
|
sl@0
|
373 |
void EventQ::Empty()
|
sl@0
|
374 |
//
|
sl@0
|
375 |
// Called in the DFC
|
sl@0
|
376 |
//
|
sl@0
|
377 |
{
|
sl@0
|
378 |
TInt irq;
|
sl@0
|
379 |
TRawEvent* pE = iQ;
|
sl@0
|
380 |
for (;;)
|
sl@0
|
381 |
{
|
sl@0
|
382 |
if (!WinsGuiPowerHandler->ProcessEventDfc(pE))
|
sl@0
|
383 |
Kern::AddEvent(*pE);
|
sl@0
|
384 |
++pE;
|
sl@0
|
385 |
irq = NKern::DisableAllInterrupts();
|
sl@0
|
386 |
if (pE == iTail)
|
sl@0
|
387 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
388 |
NKern::RestoreInterrupts(irq);
|
sl@0
|
389 |
}
|
sl@0
|
390 |
iTail = iQ;
|
sl@0
|
391 |
NKern::RestoreInterrupts(irq);
|
sl@0
|
392 |
}
|
sl@0
|
393 |
|
sl@0
|
394 |
LOCAL_D EventQ TheEventQ;
|
sl@0
|
395 |
|
sl@0
|
396 |
// Virtual keys
|
sl@0
|
397 |
|
sl@0
|
398 |
|
sl@0
|
399 |
VirtualKey::VirtualKey(const TInt aCommandData, const TEmulCommand aCommand) : iCommand(aCommand), iData(aCommandData)
|
sl@0
|
400 |
{
|
sl@0
|
401 |
}
|
sl@0
|
402 |
|
sl@0
|
403 |
TBool VKRect::Contains(TInt aX, TInt aY) const
|
sl@0
|
404 |
{
|
sl@0
|
405 |
return (aX >= iLeft && aX < iRight && aY >= iTop && aY < iBottom);
|
sl@0
|
406 |
}
|
sl@0
|
407 |
|
sl@0
|
408 |
VKRect::VKRect(const TInt aCommandData, const TEmulCommand aCommand, TInt aX, TInt aY, TInt aWidth, TInt aHeight) :
|
sl@0
|
409 |
VirtualKey(aCommandData, aCommand)
|
sl@0
|
410 |
{
|
sl@0
|
411 |
iLeft = aX;
|
sl@0
|
412 |
iTop = aY;
|
sl@0
|
413 |
iRight = aX + aWidth;
|
sl@0
|
414 |
iBottom = aY + aHeight;
|
sl@0
|
415 |
}
|
sl@0
|
416 |
|
sl@0
|
417 |
|
sl@0
|
418 |
|
sl@0
|
419 |
void VKRect::Draw(HDC aHdc,COLORREF aColor) const
|
sl@0
|
420 |
{
|
sl@0
|
421 |
HPEN pen;
|
sl@0
|
422 |
pen=CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 2, aColor);
|
sl@0
|
423 |
SelectObject(aHdc, pen);
|
sl@0
|
424 |
POINT point;
|
sl@0
|
425 |
|
sl@0
|
426 |
MoveToEx(aHdc, (int)iLeft, (int)iTop, &point);
|
sl@0
|
427 |
LineTo(aHdc, (int)iLeft, (int)iBottom);
|
sl@0
|
428 |
LineTo(aHdc, (int)iRight, (int)iBottom);
|
sl@0
|
429 |
LineTo(aHdc, (int)iRight, (int)iTop);
|
sl@0
|
430 |
LineTo(aHdc, (int)iLeft, (int)iTop);
|
sl@0
|
431 |
}
|
sl@0
|
432 |
|
sl@0
|
433 |
|
sl@0
|
434 |
KeyCombination::KeyCombination(const TInt aCommandData, TEmulCommand aCommand):
|
sl@0
|
435 |
iData(aCommandData),
|
sl@0
|
436 |
iCommand(aCommand)
|
sl@0
|
437 |
{
|
sl@0
|
438 |
for (TInt i=0;i<KMaxHotKeyCombinationLength;i++)
|
sl@0
|
439 |
{
|
sl@0
|
440 |
iCombination[i]=EStdKeyNull;
|
sl@0
|
441 |
}
|
sl@0
|
442 |
}
|
sl@0
|
443 |
|
sl@0
|
444 |
TBool KeyCombination::CheckCombinationPressed()
|
sl@0
|
445 |
{
|
sl@0
|
446 |
for (TInt j=0;(j<KMaxHotKeyCombinationLength && iCombination[j]!=0);j++)
|
sl@0
|
447 |
{
|
sl@0
|
448 |
if (GetAsyncKeyState(MapVirtualKey(iCombination[j],1))>=0)//if at least one key is not pressed, we return false
|
sl@0
|
449 |
return EFalse;
|
sl@0
|
450 |
}
|
sl@0
|
451 |
return ETrue;
|
sl@0
|
452 |
}
|
sl@0
|
453 |
|
sl@0
|
454 |
TBool KeyCombination::AddKey(TStdScanCode aKey)
|
sl@0
|
455 |
{
|
sl@0
|
456 |
TInt i;
|
sl@0
|
457 |
for (i=0;i<KMaxHotKeyCombinationLength;i++)
|
sl@0
|
458 |
{
|
sl@0
|
459 |
if (iCombination[i]==EStdKeyNull)
|
sl@0
|
460 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
461 |
}
|
sl@0
|
462 |
if (KMaxHotKeyCombinationLength==i)
|
sl@0
|
463 |
return EFalse;
|
sl@0
|
464 |
else
|
sl@0
|
465 |
iCombination[i]=aKey;
|
sl@0
|
466 |
|
sl@0
|
467 |
return ETrue;
|
sl@0
|
468 |
}
|
sl@0
|
469 |
|
sl@0
|
470 |
|
sl@0
|
471 |
DScreenProperties::DScreenProperties()
|
sl@0
|
472 |
{
|
sl@0
|
473 |
memset(this,0,sizeof(DScreenProperties));
|
sl@0
|
474 |
iColorDepth=KDefaultColorDepth;
|
sl@0
|
475 |
|
sl@0
|
476 |
iViewport = TViewport(this);
|
sl@0
|
477 |
}
|
sl@0
|
478 |
|
sl@0
|
479 |
|
sl@0
|
480 |
LOCAL_C TInt MaskGceOnly(TInt aModeBits)
|
sl@0
|
481 |
{ //All HAL modes are now reported. The GCE may refuse to register the surfaces.
|
sl@0
|
482 |
return aModeBits&KEmulModes; //previous useful settings: //(KEmulPixPerLong2|KEmulPixPerLong1); //|KEmulPixPerLong4;
|
sl@0
|
483 |
}
|
sl@0
|
484 |
|
sl@0
|
485 |
LOCAL_C TInt BitsForSingleMode(TInt aModeColor)
|
sl@0
|
486 |
{ //only 1 bit should be set in aModeColor
|
sl@0
|
487 |
switch (aModeColor)
|
sl@0
|
488 |
{
|
sl@0
|
489 |
case KEmulGray2: return 1;
|
sl@0
|
490 |
case KEmulGray4: return 2;
|
sl@0
|
491 |
case KEmulGray16: return 4;
|
sl@0
|
492 |
case KEmulGray256: return 8;
|
sl@0
|
493 |
case KEmulColor16: return 4;
|
sl@0
|
494 |
case KEmulColor256: return 8;
|
sl@0
|
495 |
case KEmulColor4K: return 12;
|
sl@0
|
496 |
case KEmulColor64K: return 16;
|
sl@0
|
497 |
case KEmulColor16M: return 24;
|
sl@0
|
498 |
default: return 32;
|
sl@0
|
499 |
}
|
sl@0
|
500 |
|
sl@0
|
501 |
}
|
sl@0
|
502 |
|
sl@0
|
503 |
DScreenProperties::~DScreenProperties()
|
sl@0
|
504 |
{
|
sl@0
|
505 |
}
|
sl@0
|
506 |
|
sl@0
|
507 |
TWindowState DScreenProperties::GetWindowState()
|
sl@0
|
508 |
{
|
sl@0
|
509 |
TWindowState state;
|
sl@0
|
510 |
state.iWinPlace = iWinPlace;
|
sl@0
|
511 |
state.iFlipstate = iScreenRotation;
|
sl@0
|
512 |
state.iXoffset = iViewport.GetViewportOffsetX();
|
sl@0
|
513 |
state.iYoffset = iViewport.GetViewportOffsetY();
|
sl@0
|
514 |
return state;
|
sl@0
|
515 |
}
|
sl@0
|
516 |
|
sl@0
|
517 |
TInt DScreenProperties::SetupProperties(TInt aConf, TInt aScreen)
|
sl@0
|
518 |
{
|
sl@0
|
519 |
char property[50];
|
sl@0
|
520 |
|
sl@0
|
521 |
// Calculate maximum dimensions
|
sl@0
|
522 |
TInt configurations = Property::GetInt("ConfigCount", 0);
|
sl@0
|
523 |
if (configurations == 0)
|
sl@0
|
524 |
return KErrGeneral;
|
sl@0
|
525 |
|
sl@0
|
526 |
TInt count, screenWidth, screenHeight, physicalScreenWidth, physicalScreenHeight;
|
sl@0
|
527 |
for (count = 0; count < configurations; ++count)
|
sl@0
|
528 |
{
|
sl@0
|
529 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d][%d]ScreenWidth", count, aScreen);
|
sl@0
|
530 |
screenWidth = Property::GetInt(property, KScreenWidth);
|
sl@0
|
531 |
screenWidth = (screenWidth + 3) & ~3;
|
sl@0
|
532 |
if (screenWidth > iMaxScreenWidth)
|
sl@0
|
533 |
iMaxScreenWidth = screenWidth;
|
sl@0
|
534 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d][%d]ScreenHeight", count, aScreen);
|
sl@0
|
535 |
screenHeight = Property::GetInt(property, KScreenHeight);
|
sl@0
|
536 |
screenHeight = (screenHeight + 3) & ~3;
|
sl@0
|
537 |
if (screenHeight > iMaxScreenHeight)
|
sl@0
|
538 |
iMaxScreenHeight = screenHeight;
|
sl@0
|
539 |
//
|
sl@0
|
540 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d][%d]PhysicalScreenWidth", count, aScreen);
|
sl@0
|
541 |
physicalScreenWidth = Property::GetInt(property);
|
sl@0
|
542 |
if (physicalScreenWidth > iMaxPhysicalScreenWidth)
|
sl@0
|
543 |
iMaxPhysicalScreenWidth = physicalScreenWidth;
|
sl@0
|
544 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d][%d]PhysicalScreenHeight", count, aScreen);
|
sl@0
|
545 |
physicalScreenHeight = Property::GetInt(property);
|
sl@0
|
546 |
if (physicalScreenHeight > iMaxPhysicalScreenHeight)
|
sl@0
|
547 |
iMaxPhysicalScreenHeight = physicalScreenHeight;
|
sl@0
|
548 |
}
|
sl@0
|
549 |
|
sl@0
|
550 |
// Read figures for current configuration
|
sl@0
|
551 |
TInt givenWidth, givenHeight;
|
sl@0
|
552 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d][%d]ScreenWidth",aConf,aScreen);
|
sl@0
|
553 |
givenWidth = Property::GetInt(property, KScreenWidth);
|
sl@0
|
554 |
iScreenWidth = (givenWidth + 3) & ~3;
|
sl@0
|
555 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d][%d]ScreenHeight",aConf,aScreen);
|
sl@0
|
556 |
givenHeight = Property::GetInt(property, KScreenHeight);
|
sl@0
|
557 |
iScreenHeight = (givenHeight + 3) & ~3;
|
sl@0
|
558 |
// Width of screen should be multiple number of 4 pixels.
|
sl@0
|
559 |
if (givenWidth & 3 || givenHeight & 3)
|
sl@0
|
560 |
{
|
sl@0
|
561 |
Kern::Printf("Width and Height of Screen should be multiple number of 4 pixels.\n"
|
sl@0
|
562 |
"\tWidth of screen[%d] set to: %d\n\tHeight of screen[%d] set to: %d",
|
sl@0
|
563 |
aScreen, iScreenWidth, aScreen, iScreenHeight);
|
sl@0
|
564 |
}
|
sl@0
|
565 |
|
sl@0
|
566 |
//
|
sl@0
|
567 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d][%d]PhysicalScreenWidth",aConf,aScreen);
|
sl@0
|
568 |
iPhysicalScreenWidth = Property::GetInt(property);
|
sl@0
|
569 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d][%d]PhysicalScreenHeight",aConf,aScreen);
|
sl@0
|
570 |
iPhysicalScreenHeight = Property::GetInt(property);
|
sl@0
|
571 |
//
|
sl@0
|
572 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d][%d]ScreenOffsetX",aConf,aScreen);
|
sl@0
|
573 |
iScreenOffsetX = Property::GetInt(property, KScreenOffsetX);
|
sl@0
|
574 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d][%d]ScreenOffsetY",aConf,aScreen);
|
sl@0
|
575 |
iScreenOffsetY = Property::GetInt(property, KScreenOffsetY);
|
sl@0
|
576 |
|
sl@0
|
577 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d][%d]CompositionBuffers",aConf,aScreen);
|
sl@0
|
578 |
iCompositionBuffers = Property::GetInt(property, KCompositionBuffers);
|
sl@0
|
579 |
|
sl@0
|
580 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d][%d]RefreshRateHz",aConf,aScreen);
|
sl@0
|
581 |
iRefreshRateHz = Property::GetInt(property, KRefreshRateHz);
|
sl@0
|
582 |
|
sl@0
|
583 |
|
sl@0
|
584 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d][%d]ColorDepth",aConf,aScreen);
|
sl@0
|
585 |
const char* colors = Property::GetString(property);
|
sl@0
|
586 |
if (colors)
|
sl@0
|
587 |
{
|
sl@0
|
588 |
TUint colorDepth=0;
|
sl@0
|
589 |
const char* end = colors;
|
sl@0
|
590 |
for (;;)
|
sl@0
|
591 |
{
|
sl@0
|
592 |
const char* beg = skipws(end);
|
sl@0
|
593 |
if(*beg==';')
|
sl@0
|
594 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
595 |
if (!*beg)
|
sl@0
|
596 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
597 |
end = skiptok(beg);
|
sl@0
|
598 |
if (_strnicmp("Gray2",beg,end-beg) == 0)
|
sl@0
|
599 |
{
|
sl@0
|
600 |
colorDepth|=KEmulGray2|KEmulIsBitMask;
|
sl@0
|
601 |
}
|
sl@0
|
602 |
else if (_strnicmp("Gray4",beg,end-beg) == 0)
|
sl@0
|
603 |
{
|
sl@0
|
604 |
colorDepth|=KEmulGray4|KEmulIsBitMask;
|
sl@0
|
605 |
}
|
sl@0
|
606 |
else if (_strnicmp("Gray16",beg,end-beg) == 0)
|
sl@0
|
607 |
{
|
sl@0
|
608 |
colorDepth|=KEmulGray16|KEmulIsBitMask;
|
sl@0
|
609 |
}
|
sl@0
|
610 |
else if (_strnicmp("Gray256",beg,end-beg) == 0)
|
sl@0
|
611 |
{
|
sl@0
|
612 |
colorDepth|=KEmulGray256|KEmulIsBitMask;
|
sl@0
|
613 |
}
|
sl@0
|
614 |
else if (_strnicmp("Color16",beg,end-beg) == 0)
|
sl@0
|
615 |
{
|
sl@0
|
616 |
colorDepth|=KEmulColor16|KEmulIsBitMask;
|
sl@0
|
617 |
}
|
sl@0
|
618 |
else if (_strnicmp("Color256",beg,end-beg) == 0)
|
sl@0
|
619 |
{
|
sl@0
|
620 |
colorDepth|=KEmulColor256|KEmulIsBitMask;
|
sl@0
|
621 |
}
|
sl@0
|
622 |
else if (_strnicmp("Color4K",beg,end-beg) == 0)
|
sl@0
|
623 |
{
|
sl@0
|
624 |
colorDepth|=KEmulColor4K|KEmulIsBitMask;
|
sl@0
|
625 |
}
|
sl@0
|
626 |
else if (_strnicmp("Color64K",beg,end-beg) == 0)
|
sl@0
|
627 |
{
|
sl@0
|
628 |
colorDepth|=KEmulColor64K|KEmulIsBitMask;
|
sl@0
|
629 |
}
|
sl@0
|
630 |
else if (_strnicmp("Color16M",beg,end-beg) == 0)
|
sl@0
|
631 |
{
|
sl@0
|
632 |
colorDepth|=KEmulColor16M|KEmulIsBitMask;
|
sl@0
|
633 |
}
|
sl@0
|
634 |
else
|
sl@0
|
635 |
return KErrArgument;
|
sl@0
|
636 |
}
|
sl@0
|
637 |
iColorDepth = colorDepth;
|
sl@0
|
638 |
|
sl@0
|
639 |
}
|
sl@0
|
640 |
//multiple mode support is currently only for GCE.
|
sl@0
|
641 |
//I fill this array in before knowing if GCE will be instanced.
|
sl@0
|
642 |
if (iColorDepth&KEmulIsBitMask)
|
sl@0
|
643 |
{
|
sl@0
|
644 |
//iModeDepths is only used by GCE
|
sl@0
|
645 |
TInt colorDepth=MaskGceOnly(iColorDepth);
|
sl@0
|
646 |
TInt setMode=0;
|
sl@0
|
647 |
for (TInt i=1;i!=KEmulIsBitMask;i+=i)
|
sl@0
|
648 |
if (colorDepth&i)
|
sl@0
|
649 |
iModeDepths[setMode++]=BitsForSingleMode(i);
|
sl@0
|
650 |
iMaxModes= setMode;
|
sl@0
|
651 |
iModeDepths[setMode++]=0; //a bit width of 0 is illegal
|
sl@0
|
652 |
}
|
sl@0
|
653 |
else
|
sl@0
|
654 |
{
|
sl@0
|
655 |
iModeDepths[0]=iColorDepth;
|
sl@0
|
656 |
iMaxModes=1;
|
sl@0
|
657 |
iModeDepths[1]=0; //a bit width of 0 is illegal
|
sl@0
|
658 |
}
|
sl@0
|
659 |
|
sl@0
|
660 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d][%d]FasciaBitmap",aConf,aScreen);
|
sl@0
|
661 |
const char* fascia = Property::GetString(property);
|
sl@0
|
662 |
if (fascia)
|
sl@0
|
663 |
{
|
sl@0
|
664 |
TInt len = strlen(fascia);
|
sl@0
|
665 |
//the path may have quotes at the start and end
|
sl@0
|
666 |
//need to work out if this is an absolute or relative path
|
sl@0
|
667 |
if (fascia[0] == '\"')
|
sl@0
|
668 |
{
|
sl@0
|
669 |
++fascia;
|
sl@0
|
670 |
--len;
|
sl@0
|
671 |
if (--len > 0 && fascia[len-1] == '\"')
|
sl@0
|
672 |
--len;
|
sl@0
|
673 |
}
|
sl@0
|
674 |
char* p = iFasciaFileName;
|
sl@0
|
675 |
if (fascia[0] != '\\' && (len < 3 || fascia[1] != ':'))
|
sl@0
|
676 |
{
|
sl@0
|
677 |
//relative path
|
sl@0
|
678 |
strcpy(p, Property::GetString("EmulatorDataPath"));
|
sl@0
|
679 |
p += strlen(p);
|
sl@0
|
680 |
}
|
sl@0
|
681 |
memcpy(p, fascia, len);
|
sl@0
|
682 |
p[len] = '\0';
|
sl@0
|
683 |
}
|
sl@0
|
684 |
else
|
sl@0
|
685 |
{
|
sl@0
|
686 |
// default to machine name
|
sl@0
|
687 |
strcpy(iFasciaFileName, Property::GetString("EmulatorDataPath"));
|
sl@0
|
688 |
strcat(iFasciaFileName, Property::GetString("MachineName"));
|
sl@0
|
689 |
strcat(iFasciaFileName, ".bmp");
|
sl@0
|
690 |
}
|
sl@0
|
691 |
return KErrNone;
|
sl@0
|
692 |
}
|
sl@0
|
693 |
|
sl@0
|
694 |
TViewport::TViewport()
|
sl@0
|
695 |
:iScreenProps(NULL),iViewportWidth(0), iViewportHeight(0), iViewportOffsetX(0), iViewportOffsetY(0)
|
sl@0
|
696 |
{
|
sl@0
|
697 |
}
|
sl@0
|
698 |
|
sl@0
|
699 |
TViewport::TViewport(DScreenProperties* aScreenProps)
|
sl@0
|
700 |
:iScreenProps(aScreenProps),iViewportWidth(0), iViewportHeight(0), iViewportOffsetX(0), iViewportOffsetY(0)
|
sl@0
|
701 |
{
|
sl@0
|
702 |
}
|
sl@0
|
703 |
TViewport::~TViewport()
|
sl@0
|
704 |
{
|
sl@0
|
705 |
}
|
sl@0
|
706 |
|
sl@0
|
707 |
|
sl@0
|
708 |
/**
|
sl@0
|
709 |
Changes the logical position of the viewport within the input area
|
sl@0
|
710 |
of the emulator screen. The method may adjust the position so that
|
sl@0
|
711 |
the viewport stays within the input area.
|
sl@0
|
712 |
@param aPosition The new Y position of the top left hand corner of the viewport.
|
sl@0
|
713 |
@param aHwnd The window associated with the viewport
|
sl@0
|
714 |
*/
|
sl@0
|
715 |
void TViewport::ScrollToY(TInt aPosition, HWND aHwnd)
|
sl@0
|
716 |
{
|
sl@0
|
717 |
|
sl@0
|
718 |
SCROLLINFO scrollinfo;
|
sl@0
|
719 |
scrollinfo.cbSize=sizeof(scrollinfo);
|
sl@0
|
720 |
|
sl@0
|
721 |
//save for later
|
sl@0
|
722 |
scrollinfo.fMask=SIF_POS;
|
sl@0
|
723 |
GetScrollInfo(aHwnd, SB_VERT, &scrollinfo);
|
sl@0
|
724 |
TInt oldY=scrollinfo.nPos;
|
sl@0
|
725 |
|
sl@0
|
726 |
if(aPosition<0)
|
sl@0
|
727 |
{
|
sl@0
|
728 |
scrollinfo.nPos = 0;
|
sl@0
|
729 |
}
|
sl@0
|
730 |
else if( (aPosition+GetViewportHeight())>GetMaxHeight())
|
sl@0
|
731 |
{
|
sl@0
|
732 |
scrollinfo.nPos = max(0,GetMaxHeight() - GetViewportHeight() );
|
sl@0
|
733 |
}
|
sl@0
|
734 |
else
|
sl@0
|
735 |
{
|
sl@0
|
736 |
scrollinfo.nPos=aPosition;
|
sl@0
|
737 |
}
|
sl@0
|
738 |
|
sl@0
|
739 |
SetViewportOffsetY(scrollinfo.nPos);
|
sl@0
|
740 |
scrollinfo.fMask=SIF_POS;
|
sl@0
|
741 |
SetScrollInfo(aHwnd,SB_VERT, &scrollinfo, TRUE );
|
sl@0
|
742 |
ScrollWindowEx(aHwnd, 0, oldY-scrollinfo.nPos, 0, 0, NULL, NULL, SW_INVALIDATE);
|
sl@0
|
743 |
|
sl@0
|
744 |
UpdateChildPos(aHwnd);
|
sl@0
|
745 |
}
|
sl@0
|
746 |
|
sl@0
|
747 |
/**
|
sl@0
|
748 |
As for ScrollToY but for the X direction
|
sl@0
|
749 |
*/
|
sl@0
|
750 |
void TViewport::ScrollToX(TInt aPosition, HWND aHwnd)
|
sl@0
|
751 |
{
|
sl@0
|
752 |
SCROLLINFO scrollinfo;
|
sl@0
|
753 |
scrollinfo.cbSize=sizeof(scrollinfo);
|
sl@0
|
754 |
|
sl@0
|
755 |
//save for later
|
sl@0
|
756 |
scrollinfo.fMask=SIF_POS;
|
sl@0
|
757 |
GetScrollInfo(aHwnd, SB_HORZ, &scrollinfo);
|
sl@0
|
758 |
TInt oldX=scrollinfo.nPos;
|
sl@0
|
759 |
|
sl@0
|
760 |
if(aPosition<0)
|
sl@0
|
761 |
{
|
sl@0
|
762 |
scrollinfo.nPos = 0;
|
sl@0
|
763 |
}
|
sl@0
|
764 |
else if( (aPosition+GetViewportWidth())>GetMaxWidth())
|
sl@0
|
765 |
{
|
sl@0
|
766 |
scrollinfo.nPos = max(0,GetMaxWidth() - GetViewportWidth() );
|
sl@0
|
767 |
}
|
sl@0
|
768 |
else
|
sl@0
|
769 |
{
|
sl@0
|
770 |
scrollinfo.nPos=aPosition;
|
sl@0
|
771 |
}
|
sl@0
|
772 |
|
sl@0
|
773 |
SetViewportOffsetX(scrollinfo.nPos);
|
sl@0
|
774 |
scrollinfo.fMask=SIF_POS;
|
sl@0
|
775 |
SetScrollInfo(aHwnd,SB_HORZ, &scrollinfo, TRUE );
|
sl@0
|
776 |
ScrollWindowEx(aHwnd, oldX-scrollinfo.nPos, 0, 0, 0, NULL, NULL, SW_INVALIDATE);
|
sl@0
|
777 |
|
sl@0
|
778 |
UpdateChildPos(aHwnd);
|
sl@0
|
779 |
}
|
sl@0
|
780 |
|
sl@0
|
781 |
//Forward declaration
|
sl@0
|
782 |
LOCAL_C TInt ScreenFromHWND(HWND aHwnd,HWND* pWin);
|
sl@0
|
783 |
|
sl@0
|
784 |
/**
|
sl@0
|
785 |
Move the child window to it's correct position.
|
sl@0
|
786 |
|
sl@0
|
787 |
@param aHwnd The HWND of the parent window
|
sl@0
|
788 |
*/
|
sl@0
|
789 |
void TViewport::UpdateChildPos(HWND aHwnd)
|
sl@0
|
790 |
{
|
sl@0
|
791 |
TInt screenNumber = ::ScreenFromHWND(aHwnd,TheWin);
|
sl@0
|
792 |
HWND childWin = TheChildWin[screenNumber];
|
sl@0
|
793 |
|
sl@0
|
794 |
switch (iScreenProps->iScreenRotation)
|
sl@0
|
795 |
{
|
sl@0
|
796 |
case EEmulatorFlipRestore:
|
sl@0
|
797 |
MoveWindow(
|
sl@0
|
798 |
childWin,
|
sl@0
|
799 |
iScreenProps->iScreenOffsetX - GetViewportOffsetX(),
|
sl@0
|
800 |
iScreenProps->iScreenOffsetY - GetViewportOffsetY(),
|
sl@0
|
801 |
iScreenProps->iScreenWidth,
|
sl@0
|
802 |
iScreenProps->iScreenHeight,
|
sl@0
|
803 |
TRUE
|
sl@0
|
804 |
);
|
sl@0
|
805 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
806 |
case EEmulatorFlipInvert:
|
sl@0
|
807 |
MoveWindow(
|
sl@0
|
808 |
childWin,
|
sl@0
|
809 |
iScreenProps->iXYInputWidth-(iScreenProps->iScreenOffsetX+iScreenProps->iScreenWidth) - GetViewportOffsetX(),
|
sl@0
|
810 |
iScreenProps->iXYInputHeight-(iScreenProps->iScreenOffsetY+iScreenProps->iScreenHeight) - GetViewportOffsetY(),
|
sl@0
|
811 |
iScreenProps->iScreenWidth,
|
sl@0
|
812 |
iScreenProps->iScreenHeight,
|
sl@0
|
813 |
TRUE
|
sl@0
|
814 |
);
|
sl@0
|
815 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
816 |
case EEmulatorFlipLeft:
|
sl@0
|
817 |
MoveWindow(
|
sl@0
|
818 |
childWin,
|
sl@0
|
819 |
iScreenProps->iScreenOffsetY - GetViewportOffsetX(),
|
sl@0
|
820 |
iScreenProps->iXYInputWidth-(iScreenProps->iScreenOffsetX+iScreenProps->iScreenWidth)- GetViewportOffsetY(),
|
sl@0
|
821 |
iScreenProps->iScreenHeight,
|
sl@0
|
822 |
iScreenProps->iScreenWidth,
|
sl@0
|
823 |
TRUE
|
sl@0
|
824 |
);
|
sl@0
|
825 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
826 |
case EEmulatorFlipRight:
|
sl@0
|
827 |
MoveWindow(
|
sl@0
|
828 |
childWin,
|
sl@0
|
829 |
iScreenProps->iXYInputHeight-(iScreenProps->iScreenOffsetY+iScreenProps->iScreenHeight) - GetViewportOffsetX(),
|
sl@0
|
830 |
iScreenProps->iScreenOffsetX - GetViewportOffsetY(),
|
sl@0
|
831 |
iScreenProps->iScreenHeight,
|
sl@0
|
832 |
iScreenProps->iScreenWidth,
|
sl@0
|
833 |
TRUE
|
sl@0
|
834 |
);
|
sl@0
|
835 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
836 |
}
|
sl@0
|
837 |
|
sl@0
|
838 |
}
|
sl@0
|
839 |
|
sl@0
|
840 |
/**
|
sl@0
|
841 |
Update the range of the horizontal scrollbar,
|
sl@0
|
842 |
to take account of the current viewport width.
|
sl@0
|
843 |
|
sl@0
|
844 |
@param aHwnd The window to be updated
|
sl@0
|
845 |
*/
|
sl@0
|
846 |
void TViewport::UpdateScrollBarH(HWND aHwnd)
|
sl@0
|
847 |
{
|
sl@0
|
848 |
|
sl@0
|
849 |
SCROLLINFO scrollinfoHor;
|
sl@0
|
850 |
scrollinfoHor.cbSize=sizeof(scrollinfoHor);
|
sl@0
|
851 |
scrollinfoHor.fMask=SIF_RANGE|SIF_PAGE;
|
sl@0
|
852 |
scrollinfoHor.nMin=0;
|
sl@0
|
853 |
scrollinfoHor.nMax= GetMaxWidth()-1;
|
sl@0
|
854 |
|
sl@0
|
855 |
|
sl@0
|
856 |
TInt newPage = GetViewportWidth() ;
|
sl@0
|
857 |
TBool redraw=EFalse; //redraw window if a resize has caused a scrollbar to disappear and reveal image.
|
sl@0
|
858 |
if ( newPage>= scrollinfoHor.nMax -GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXVSCROLL)
|
sl@0
|
859 |
&& newPage < scrollinfoHor.nMax+1)
|
sl@0
|
860 |
{
|
sl@0
|
861 |
redraw=ETrue;
|
sl@0
|
862 |
newPage=GetMaxWidth();
|
sl@0
|
863 |
|
sl@0
|
864 |
}
|
sl@0
|
865 |
scrollinfoHor.nPage= newPage;
|
sl@0
|
866 |
|
sl@0
|
867 |
SetScrollInfo(aHwnd,SB_HORZ, &scrollinfoHor, TRUE );
|
sl@0
|
868 |
if(redraw)
|
sl@0
|
869 |
{
|
sl@0
|
870 |
ScrollToX(0, aHwnd); //in case egde of fascia was against edge of vertical scrollbar
|
sl@0
|
871 |
InvalidateRect(aHwnd, NULL, TRUE);
|
sl@0
|
872 |
}
|
sl@0
|
873 |
}
|
sl@0
|
874 |
|
sl@0
|
875 |
/**
|
sl@0
|
876 |
Update the range of the vertical scrollbar,
|
sl@0
|
877 |
to take account of the current viewport width.
|
sl@0
|
878 |
|
sl@0
|
879 |
@param aHwnd The window to be updated
|
sl@0
|
880 |
*/
|
sl@0
|
881 |
void TViewport::UpdateScrollBarV(HWND aHwnd)
|
sl@0
|
882 |
{
|
sl@0
|
883 |
SCROLLINFO scrollinfoVer;
|
sl@0
|
884 |
scrollinfoVer.cbSize=sizeof(scrollinfoVer);
|
sl@0
|
885 |
scrollinfoVer.fMask=SIF_RANGE|SIF_PAGE;
|
sl@0
|
886 |
scrollinfoVer.nMin=0;
|
sl@0
|
887 |
scrollinfoVer.nMax= GetMaxHeight()-1;
|
sl@0
|
888 |
|
sl@0
|
889 |
TInt newPage = GetViewportHeight() ;
|
sl@0
|
890 |
TBool redraw=EFalse; //redraw window if a resize has caused a scrollbar to disappear and reveal image.
|
sl@0
|
891 |
if ( newPage>= scrollinfoVer.nMax -GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYHSCROLL)
|
sl@0
|
892 |
&& newPage < scrollinfoVer.nMax+1)
|
sl@0
|
893 |
{
|
sl@0
|
894 |
redraw=ETrue;
|
sl@0
|
895 |
newPage=GetMaxHeight();
|
sl@0
|
896 |
}
|
sl@0
|
897 |
scrollinfoVer.nPage= newPage;
|
sl@0
|
898 |
|
sl@0
|
899 |
SetScrollInfo(aHwnd,SB_VERT, &scrollinfoVer, TRUE );
|
sl@0
|
900 |
if(redraw)
|
sl@0
|
901 |
{
|
sl@0
|
902 |
ScrollToY(0, aHwnd); //in case egde of fascia was against edge of vertical scrollbar
|
sl@0
|
903 |
InvalidateRect(aHwnd, NULL, TRUE);
|
sl@0
|
904 |
}
|
sl@0
|
905 |
}
|
sl@0
|
906 |
|
sl@0
|
907 |
/**
|
sl@0
|
908 |
Returns the max width for the viewport window (non-client area) so that it
|
sl@0
|
909 |
may be bounded. Takes account of scrollbar.
|
sl@0
|
910 |
|
sl@0
|
911 |
@return Max width
|
sl@0
|
912 |
*/
|
sl@0
|
913 |
TInt TViewport::GetMaxWindowWidth() const
|
sl@0
|
914 |
{
|
sl@0
|
915 |
|
sl@0
|
916 |
RECT rect = {0,0,0,0};
|
sl@0
|
917 |
|
sl@0
|
918 |
switch(iScreenProps->iScreenRotation)
|
sl@0
|
919 |
{
|
sl@0
|
920 |
case EEmulatorFlipRestore:
|
sl@0
|
921 |
case EEmulatorFlipInvert:
|
sl@0
|
922 |
{
|
sl@0
|
923 |
rect.right=iScreenProps->iXYInputWidth;
|
sl@0
|
924 |
rect.bottom=iScreenProps->iXYInputHeight;
|
sl@0
|
925 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
926 |
}
|
sl@0
|
927 |
case EEmulatorFlipLeft:
|
sl@0
|
928 |
case EEmulatorFlipRight:
|
sl@0
|
929 |
{
|
sl@0
|
930 |
rect.right=iScreenProps->iXYInputHeight;
|
sl@0
|
931 |
rect.bottom=iScreenProps->iXYInputWidth;
|
sl@0
|
932 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
933 |
}
|
sl@0
|
934 |
}
|
sl@0
|
935 |
AdjustWindowRect(//take account of window decorations
|
sl@0
|
936 |
&rect,
|
sl@0
|
937 |
KWinStyle,
|
sl@0
|
938 |
FALSE
|
sl@0
|
939 |
);
|
sl@0
|
940 |
|
sl@0
|
941 |
|
sl@0
|
942 |
return (rect.right-rect.left);
|
sl@0
|
943 |
}
|
sl@0
|
944 |
|
sl@0
|
945 |
/**
|
sl@0
|
946 |
Returns the max height for the viewport window (non-client area) so that it
|
sl@0
|
947 |
may be bounded. Takes account of scrollbar.
|
sl@0
|
948 |
|
sl@0
|
949 |
@return Max height
|
sl@0
|
950 |
*/
|
sl@0
|
951 |
TInt TViewport::GetMaxWindowHeight() const
|
sl@0
|
952 |
{
|
sl@0
|
953 |
|
sl@0
|
954 |
RECT rect ={0,0,0,0};
|
sl@0
|
955 |
|
sl@0
|
956 |
switch(iScreenProps->iScreenRotation)
|
sl@0
|
957 |
{
|
sl@0
|
958 |
case EEmulatorFlipRestore:
|
sl@0
|
959 |
case EEmulatorFlipInvert:
|
sl@0
|
960 |
{
|
sl@0
|
961 |
rect.right=iScreenProps->iXYInputWidth;
|
sl@0
|
962 |
rect.bottom=iScreenProps->iXYInputHeight;
|
sl@0
|
963 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
964 |
}
|
sl@0
|
965 |
case EEmulatorFlipLeft:
|
sl@0
|
966 |
case EEmulatorFlipRight:
|
sl@0
|
967 |
{
|
sl@0
|
968 |
rect.right=iScreenProps->iXYInputHeight;
|
sl@0
|
969 |
rect.bottom=iScreenProps->iXYInputWidth;
|
sl@0
|
970 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
971 |
}
|
sl@0
|
972 |
}
|
sl@0
|
973 |
AdjustWindowRect(//take account of window decorations
|
sl@0
|
974 |
&rect,
|
sl@0
|
975 |
KWinStyle,
|
sl@0
|
976 |
FALSE
|
sl@0
|
977 |
);
|
sl@0
|
978 |
return (rect.bottom-rect.top);
|
sl@0
|
979 |
}
|
sl@0
|
980 |
|
sl@0
|
981 |
/**
|
sl@0
|
982 |
Returns the maximum width for the viewport (client area only).
|
sl@0
|
983 |
Allowing for the orientation of the emulator.
|
sl@0
|
984 |
|
sl@0
|
985 |
@return Max width
|
sl@0
|
986 |
*/
|
sl@0
|
987 |
TInt TViewport::GetMaxWidth() const
|
sl@0
|
988 |
{
|
sl@0
|
989 |
TInt width=0;
|
sl@0
|
990 |
switch(iScreenProps->iScreenRotation)
|
sl@0
|
991 |
{
|
sl@0
|
992 |
case EEmulatorFlipRestore:
|
sl@0
|
993 |
case EEmulatorFlipInvert:
|
sl@0
|
994 |
{
|
sl@0
|
995 |
width = iScreenProps->iXYInputWidth;
|
sl@0
|
996 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
997 |
}
|
sl@0
|
998 |
case EEmulatorFlipLeft:
|
sl@0
|
999 |
case EEmulatorFlipRight:
|
sl@0
|
1000 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1001 |
width = iScreenProps->iXYInputHeight;
|
sl@0
|
1002 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
1003 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1004 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1005 |
|
sl@0
|
1006 |
return width;
|
sl@0
|
1007 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1008 |
|
sl@0
|
1009 |
/**
|
sl@0
|
1010 |
Returns the maximum height for the viewport (client area only).
|
sl@0
|
1011 |
Allowing for the orientation of the emulator.
|
sl@0
|
1012 |
|
sl@0
|
1013 |
@return Max height
|
sl@0
|
1014 |
*/
|
sl@0
|
1015 |
TInt TViewport::GetMaxHeight() const
|
sl@0
|
1016 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1017 |
TInt height=0;
|
sl@0
|
1018 |
switch(iScreenProps->iScreenRotation)
|
sl@0
|
1019 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1020 |
case EEmulatorFlipRestore:
|
sl@0
|
1021 |
case EEmulatorFlipInvert:
|
sl@0
|
1022 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1023 |
height = iScreenProps->iXYInputHeight;
|
sl@0
|
1024 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
1025 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1026 |
case EEmulatorFlipLeft:
|
sl@0
|
1027 |
case EEmulatorFlipRight:
|
sl@0
|
1028 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1029 |
height = iScreenProps->iXYInputWidth;
|
sl@0
|
1030 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
1031 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1032 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1033 |
|
sl@0
|
1034 |
return height;
|
sl@0
|
1035 |
|
sl@0
|
1036 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1037 |
|
sl@0
|
1038 |
/**
|
sl@0
|
1039 |
Sets the X offset of the viewport from the edge of the input area
|
sl@0
|
1040 |
@param aOffset The X offset
|
sl@0
|
1041 |
*/
|
sl@0
|
1042 |
void TViewport::SetViewportOffsetX(TInt aOffset)
|
sl@0
|
1043 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1044 |
iViewportOffsetX = aOffset;
|
sl@0
|
1045 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1046 |
|
sl@0
|
1047 |
/**
|
sl@0
|
1048 |
Sets the Y offset of the viewport from the edge of the input area
|
sl@0
|
1049 |
@param aOffset The Y offset
|
sl@0
|
1050 |
*/
|
sl@0
|
1051 |
void TViewport::SetViewportOffsetY(TInt aOffset)
|
sl@0
|
1052 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1053 |
iViewportOffsetY = aOffset;
|
sl@0
|
1054 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1055 |
|
sl@0
|
1056 |
TInt TViewport::GetViewportOffsetX() const
|
sl@0
|
1057 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1058 |
return iViewportOffsetX;
|
sl@0
|
1059 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1060 |
TInt TViewport::GetViewportOffsetY() const
|
sl@0
|
1061 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1062 |
return iViewportOffsetY;
|
sl@0
|
1063 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1064 |
|
sl@0
|
1065 |
/**
|
sl@0
|
1066 |
Sets the viewport width, this is equal to the width
|
sl@0
|
1067 |
of the window's client area
|
sl@0
|
1068 |
@param aWidth The width
|
sl@0
|
1069 |
*/
|
sl@0
|
1070 |
void TViewport::SetViewportWidth(TInt aWidth)
|
sl@0
|
1071 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1072 |
iViewportWidth=aWidth;
|
sl@0
|
1073 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1074 |
|
sl@0
|
1075 |
/**
|
sl@0
|
1076 |
Sets the viewport height, this is equal to the height
|
sl@0
|
1077 |
of the window's client area
|
sl@0
|
1078 |
@param aHeight The height
|
sl@0
|
1079 |
*/
|
sl@0
|
1080 |
void TViewport::SetViewportHeight(TInt aHeight)
|
sl@0
|
1081 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1082 |
iViewportHeight=aHeight;
|
sl@0
|
1083 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1084 |
|
sl@0
|
1085 |
TInt TViewport::GetViewportWidth() const
|
sl@0
|
1086 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1087 |
return iViewportWidth;
|
sl@0
|
1088 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1089 |
TInt TViewport::GetViewportHeight() const
|
sl@0
|
1090 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1091 |
return iViewportHeight;
|
sl@0
|
1092 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1093 |
|
sl@0
|
1094 |
// the UI class
|
sl@0
|
1095 |
|
sl@0
|
1096 |
DWinsUi::DWinsUi()
|
sl@0
|
1097 |
:iVirtualKeys(10),
|
sl@0
|
1098 |
iControlHotKeys(10)
|
sl@0
|
1099 |
{}
|
sl@0
|
1100 |
|
sl@0
|
1101 |
/// Returns the current mode's depth. Remember current mode is never set!
|
sl@0
|
1102 |
TUint DWinsUi::ColorDepth(TInt aScreenNumber)
|
sl@0
|
1103 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1104 |
TVideoInfoV01 info;
|
sl@0
|
1105 |
VideoInfo(aScreenNumber, info);
|
sl@0
|
1106 |
return info.iBitsPerPixel;
|
sl@0
|
1107 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1108 |
|
sl@0
|
1109 |
TInt DWinsUi::SetFlip(TEmulatorFlip aFlip, TInt aScreenNumber)
|
sl@0
|
1110 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1111 |
if(TUint(aScreenNumber)>=TUint(systemIni->iScreens.Count()))
|
sl@0
|
1112 |
return KErrArgument;
|
sl@0
|
1113 |
int r1 = PostMessageA(TheChildWin[aScreenNumber],WM_FLIP_MESSAGE,(TUint)aFlip,NULL);
|
sl@0
|
1114 |
return r1 ? KErrNone : KErrGeneral;
|
sl@0
|
1115 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1116 |
|
sl@0
|
1117 |
void DWinsUi::Info(TVariantInfoV01& aInfo)
|
sl@0
|
1118 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1119 |
aInfo.iLedCapabilities=0x3;
|
sl@0
|
1120 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1121 |
|
sl@0
|
1122 |
HWND DWinsUi::HWnd()
|
sl@0
|
1123 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1124 |
return TheControlWin;
|
sl@0
|
1125 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1126 |
|
sl@0
|
1127 |
TInt DWinsUi::SetupProperties(TInt aId)
|
sl@0
|
1128 |
|
sl@0
|
1129 |
//
|
sl@0
|
1130 |
// load UI settings from the emulator properties
|
sl@0
|
1131 |
//
|
sl@0
|
1132 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1133 |
//setup the screens
|
sl@0
|
1134 |
TInt screens = Property::GetInt("[screens]", 1);
|
sl@0
|
1135 |
|
sl@0
|
1136 |
for (TInt x = 0; x < screens; ++x)
|
sl@0
|
1137 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1138 |
DScreenProperties * pScr = new DScreenProperties();
|
sl@0
|
1139 |
if (!pScr)
|
sl@0
|
1140 |
return KErrNoMemory;
|
sl@0
|
1141 |
|
sl@0
|
1142 |
TInt ret = pScr->SetupProperties(aId,x);
|
sl@0
|
1143 |
if (KErrNone == ret)
|
sl@0
|
1144 |
ret = iScreens.Append(pScr);
|
sl@0
|
1145 |
|
sl@0
|
1146 |
if (KErrNone != ret)
|
sl@0
|
1147 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1148 |
delete pScr;
|
sl@0
|
1149 |
return ret;
|
sl@0
|
1150 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1151 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1152 |
//
|
sl@0
|
1153 |
char property[50];
|
sl@0
|
1154 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d]LedSize",aId);
|
sl@0
|
1155 |
iLedSize = Property::GetInt(property, KLedSize);
|
sl@0
|
1156 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d]LedArrangeVertically",aId);
|
sl@0
|
1157 |
iLedVertical = Property::GetBool(property, KLedVertical);
|
sl@0
|
1158 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d]LedArrangeHorizontally",aId);
|
sl@0
|
1159 |
if (Property::GetBool(property))
|
sl@0
|
1160 |
iLedVertical = EFalse;
|
sl@0
|
1161 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d]LedOffsetX",aId);
|
sl@0
|
1162 |
iLedOffsetX = Property::GetInt(property, KLedLeft);
|
sl@0
|
1163 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d]LedOffsetY",aId);
|
sl@0
|
1164 |
iLedOffsetY = Property::GetInt(property, KLedTop);
|
sl@0
|
1165 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d]LedGap",aId);
|
sl@0
|
1166 |
iLedGap = Property::GetInt(property, KLedGap);
|
sl@0
|
1167 |
//
|
sl@0
|
1168 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d]PointerType",aId);
|
sl@0
|
1169 |
const char* pointer = Property::GetString(property, "Pen");
|
sl@0
|
1170 |
if (_stricmp(pointer, "None") == 0)
|
sl@0
|
1171 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1172 |
iPointerType=_S8("NONE");
|
sl@0
|
1173 |
iXYInputType=EXYInputNone;
|
sl@0
|
1174 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1175 |
else if (_stricmp(pointer,"Pen") == 0)
|
sl@0
|
1176 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1177 |
iPointerType=_S8("PEN");
|
sl@0
|
1178 |
iXYInputType=EXYInputPointer;
|
sl@0
|
1179 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1180 |
else if (_stricmp(pointer,"Mouse") == 0)
|
sl@0
|
1181 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1182 |
iPointerType=_S8("MOUSE");
|
sl@0
|
1183 |
iXYInputType=EXYInputMouse;
|
sl@0
|
1184 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1185 |
else if (_stricmp(pointer,"Delta-Mouse") == 0)
|
sl@0
|
1186 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1187 |
iPointerType=_S8("MOUSE");
|
sl@0
|
1188 |
iXYInputType=EXYInputDeltaMouse;
|
sl@0
|
1189 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1190 |
else
|
sl@0
|
1191 |
return KErrArgument;
|
sl@0
|
1192 |
//
|
sl@0
|
1193 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d]DigitizerOffsetX",aId);
|
sl@0
|
1194 |
iDigitizerOffsetX = Property::GetInt(property, -iScreens[0]->iScreenOffsetX);
|
sl@0
|
1195 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d]DigitizerOffsetY",aId);
|
sl@0
|
1196 |
iDigitizerOffsetY = Property::GetInt(property, -iScreens[0]->iScreenOffsetY);
|
sl@0
|
1197 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d]DigitizerWidth",aId);
|
sl@0
|
1198 |
iDigitizerWidth = Property::GetInt(property,-1);
|
sl@0
|
1199 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d]DigitizerHeight",aId);
|
sl@0
|
1200 |
iDigitizerHeight = Property::GetInt(property,-1);
|
sl@0
|
1201 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d]DisableDigitizer",aId);
|
sl@0
|
1202 |
iDigitizerEnabled = !Property::GetBool(property);
|
sl@0
|
1203 |
// To enable the multitouch
|
sl@0
|
1204 |
wsprintfA(property, "EnableMultiTouch");
|
sl@0
|
1205 |
iMultiTouchEnabled = Property::GetBool(property,EFalse);
|
sl@0
|
1206 |
wsprintfA(property, "SYMBIAN_BASE_USE_GCE");
|
sl@0
|
1207 |
iGCEEnabled = Property::GetBool(property,EFalse);
|
sl@0
|
1208 |
wsprintfA(property, "MultiTouchProximityStep");
|
sl@0
|
1209 |
iMultiTouchProximityStep = Property::GetInt(property,-1);
|
sl@0
|
1210 |
wsprintfA(property, "MultiTouchPressureStep");
|
sl@0
|
1211 |
iMultiTouchPressureStep = Property::GetInt(property,-1);
|
sl@0
|
1212 |
//
|
sl@0
|
1213 |
strcpy(iSysIniFileName, Property::GetString("EmulatorDataPath"));
|
sl@0
|
1214 |
strcat(iSysIniFileName, "emulator\\");
|
sl@0
|
1215 |
if (!Emulator::CreateAllDirectories(iSysIniFileName))
|
sl@0
|
1216 |
return Emulator::LastError();
|
sl@0
|
1217 |
strcat(iSysIniFileName, Property::GetString("MachineName"));
|
sl@0
|
1218 |
strcat(iSysIniFileName, ".sys.ini");
|
sl@0
|
1219 |
//
|
sl@0
|
1220 |
TInt r = iKeyboard.Init(aId);
|
sl@0
|
1221 |
if (r != KErrNone)
|
sl@0
|
1222 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
1223 |
|
sl@0
|
1224 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d]VirtualKey",aId);
|
sl@0
|
1225 |
r = MultiProperty(&DWinsUi::DoDefineVirtualKey, this, property);
|
sl@0
|
1226 |
if (r != KErrNone)
|
sl@0
|
1227 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
1228 |
//
|
sl@0
|
1229 |
|
sl@0
|
1230 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d]NoVersionInfo",aId);
|
sl@0
|
1231 |
iDisplayVersionInfo = !Property::GetBool(property);
|
sl@0
|
1232 |
|
sl@0
|
1233 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d]WindowTitle",aId);
|
sl@0
|
1234 |
const char * p = Property::GetString(property);
|
sl@0
|
1235 |
if (p && (strlen(p) <= KMaxNameSize))
|
sl@0
|
1236 |
strcpy(iWindowTitle, p);
|
sl@0
|
1237 |
else
|
sl@0
|
1238 |
strcpy(iWindowTitle, DefaultWindowTitle);
|
sl@0
|
1239 |
|
sl@0
|
1240 |
if (iDisplayVersionInfo)
|
sl@0
|
1241 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1242 |
TInt wtLen = strlen(iWindowTitle);
|
sl@0
|
1243 |
TInt vtLen = strlen(VersionText);
|
sl@0
|
1244 |
if ((wtLen + vtLen) > KMaxNameSize)
|
sl@0
|
1245 |
iWindowTitle[KMaxNameSize-vtLen] = '\0';
|
sl@0
|
1246 |
strcat(iWindowTitle, VersionText);
|
sl@0
|
1247 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1248 |
|
sl@0
|
1249 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d]OnActivation",aId);
|
sl@0
|
1250 |
pointer = Property::GetString(property);
|
sl@0
|
1251 |
//example OnActivation 270 EKeyScreenDimension1
|
sl@0
|
1252 |
//params are rotation(int) and key(string)
|
sl@0
|
1253 |
if (pointer)
|
sl@0
|
1254 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1255 |
char * next;
|
sl@0
|
1256 |
|
sl@0
|
1257 |
//skip any white space
|
sl@0
|
1258 |
const char* beg = skipws(pointer);
|
sl@0
|
1259 |
|
sl@0
|
1260 |
//get the number
|
sl@0
|
1261 |
long rotation = strtol(beg, &next, 0);
|
sl@0
|
1262 |
if (next == beg)
|
sl@0
|
1263 |
return KErrArgument;
|
sl@0
|
1264 |
|
sl@0
|
1265 |
switch (rotation)
|
sl@0
|
1266 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1267 |
case 0:
|
sl@0
|
1268 |
iScreens[0]->iScreenRotation = EEmulatorFlipRestore;
|
sl@0
|
1269 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
1270 |
case 90:
|
sl@0
|
1271 |
iScreens[0]->iScreenRotation = EEmulatorFlipRight;
|
sl@0
|
1272 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
1273 |
case 180:
|
sl@0
|
1274 |
iScreens[0]->iScreenRotation = EEmulatorFlipInvert;
|
sl@0
|
1275 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
1276 |
case 270:
|
sl@0
|
1277 |
iScreens[0]->iScreenRotation = EEmulatorFlipLeft;
|
sl@0
|
1278 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
1279 |
default:
|
sl@0
|
1280 |
r = KErrArgument;
|
sl@0
|
1281 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1282 |
if (r != KErrNone)
|
sl@0
|
1283 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
1284 |
|
sl@0
|
1285 |
beg = skipws(next);
|
sl@0
|
1286 |
|
sl@0
|
1287 |
//beg should now point to the keycode
|
sl@0
|
1288 |
TInt key = iKeyboard.GetEPOCKeyCode(TPtrC8((const TUint8*)beg, strlen(beg)));
|
sl@0
|
1289 |
if (key == KErrNotFound)
|
sl@0
|
1290 |
return key;
|
sl@0
|
1291 |
iInitialFlipMsg = key;
|
sl@0
|
1292 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1293 |
|
sl@0
|
1294 |
//EmulatorControl messages are a bit like virtual keys
|
sl@0
|
1295 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d]EmulatorControl",aId);
|
sl@0
|
1296 |
r = MultiProperty(&DWinsUi::DoDefineEmulatorControl, this, property);
|
sl@0
|
1297 |
if (r != KErrNone)
|
sl@0
|
1298 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
1299 |
|
sl@0
|
1300 |
wsprintfA(property, "Configuration[%d]EmulatorControlHotKey",aId);
|
sl@0
|
1301 |
r = MultiProperty(&DWinsUi::DoDefineEmulatorControlHotKey, this, property);
|
sl@0
|
1302 |
if (r != KErrNone)
|
sl@0
|
1303 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
1304 |
|
sl@0
|
1305 |
return KErrNone;
|
sl@0
|
1306 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1307 |
|
sl@0
|
1308 |
TInt DWinsUi::NumberOfScreens()
|
sl@0
|
1309 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1310 |
return iScreens.Count();
|
sl@0
|
1311 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1312 |
|
sl@0
|
1313 |
/**
|
sl@0
|
1314 |
Return the highest bit depth from an emulator mode mask.
|
sl@0
|
1315 |
@param aModeMask A bitwise combination of KEmul... display mode mask values.
|
sl@0
|
1316 |
@return A color depth in bits per pixel.
|
sl@0
|
1317 |
*/
|
sl@0
|
1318 |
LOCAL_C TInt MaximumBitDepthFromMask(TInt aModeMask)
|
sl@0
|
1319 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1320 |
// Choose the highest bits per pixel based on the display mode mask.
|
sl@0
|
1321 |
if (aModeMask & KEmulColor16M)
|
sl@0
|
1322 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1323 |
return 24;
|
sl@0
|
1324 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1325 |
if (aModeMask & KEmulColor64K)
|
sl@0
|
1326 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1327 |
return 16;
|
sl@0
|
1328 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1329 |
if (aModeMask & KEmulColor4K)
|
sl@0
|
1330 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1331 |
return 12;
|
sl@0
|
1332 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1333 |
|
sl@0
|
1334 |
// Lower bit depths are not supported, so use the default
|
sl@0
|
1335 |
return 24;
|
sl@0
|
1336 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1337 |
|
sl@0
|
1338 |
|
sl@0
|
1339 |
/**
|
sl@0
|
1340 |
Return the TDisplayRotation corresponding to the given TEmulatorFlip.
|
sl@0
|
1341 |
@param aFlip A screen rotation as a TEmulatorFlip.
|
sl@0
|
1342 |
@return The screen rotation as a TDisplayRotation.
|
sl@0
|
1343 |
*/
|
sl@0
|
1344 |
LOCAL_C RDisplayChannel::TDisplayRotation FlipToDisplayRotation(TEmulatorFlip aFlip)
|
sl@0
|
1345 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1346 |
switch (aFlip)
|
sl@0
|
1347 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1348 |
case EEmulatorFlipLeft:
|
sl@0
|
1349 |
return RDisplayChannel::ERotation90CW;
|
sl@0
|
1350 |
case EEmulatorFlipInvert:
|
sl@0
|
1351 |
return RDisplayChannel::ERotation180;
|
sl@0
|
1352 |
case EEmulatorFlipRight:
|
sl@0
|
1353 |
return RDisplayChannel::ERotation270CW;
|
sl@0
|
1354 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1355 |
return RDisplayChannel::ERotationNormal;
|
sl@0
|
1356 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1357 |
|
sl@0
|
1358 |
|
sl@0
|
1359 |
TInt DWinsUi::SetDisplayChannel(TInt aScreenNumber, DDisplayChannel* aDisplay)
|
sl@0
|
1360 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1361 |
return systemIni->SetDisplayChannelImpl(aScreenNumber,aDisplay);
|
sl@0
|
1362 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1363 |
|
sl@0
|
1364 |
|
sl@0
|
1365 |
TInt DWinsUi::SetDisplayChannelImpl(TInt aScreenNumber, DDisplayChannel* aDisplay)
|
sl@0
|
1366 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1367 |
if (TUint(aScreenNumber) >= TUint(NumberOfScreens()))
|
sl@0
|
1368 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1369 |
// Screen number is either negative or too big.
|
sl@0
|
1370 |
return KErrArgument;
|
sl@0
|
1371 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1372 |
|
sl@0
|
1373 |
TInt r = KErrNone;
|
sl@0
|
1374 |
HWND hWnd = TheChildWin[aScreenNumber];
|
sl@0
|
1375 |
TBufferSet& buffer = masterIni->iBufferSet[aScreenNumber];
|
sl@0
|
1376 |
|
sl@0
|
1377 |
if (aDisplay)
|
sl@0
|
1378 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1379 |
// Display driver connecting
|
sl@0
|
1380 |
DScreenProperties* screen = iScreens[aScreenNumber];
|
sl@0
|
1381 |
RDisplayChannel::TDisplayInfo info;
|
sl@0
|
1382 |
|
sl@0
|
1383 |
TInt pixelBytes = 2;
|
sl@0
|
1384 |
info.iBitsPerPixel = MaximumBitDepthFromMask(screen->iColorDepth);
|
sl@0
|
1385 |
|
sl@0
|
1386 |
switch (info.iBitsPerPixel)
|
sl@0
|
1387 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1388 |
case 12: // XRGB4444
|
sl@0
|
1389 |
info.iPixelFormat = EUidPixelFormatXRGB_4444;
|
sl@0
|
1390 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
1391 |
case 16: // RGB565
|
sl@0
|
1392 |
info.iPixelFormat = EUidPixelFormatRGB_565;
|
sl@0
|
1393 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
1394 |
default:
|
sl@0
|
1395 |
// Force anything else to packed RGB888
|
sl@0
|
1396 |
pixelBytes = 4;
|
sl@0
|
1397 |
info.iBitsPerPixel = 24;
|
sl@0
|
1398 |
info.iPixelFormat = EUidPixelFormatXRGB_8888;
|
sl@0
|
1399 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
1400 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1401 |
|
sl@0
|
1402 |
TInt width = screen->iMaxScreenWidth;
|
sl@0
|
1403 |
TInt height = screen->iMaxScreenHeight;
|
sl@0
|
1404 |
|
sl@0
|
1405 |
info.iRefreshRateHz = screen->iRefreshRateHz;
|
sl@0
|
1406 |
info.iAvailableRotations = RDisplayChannel::ERotationNormal | RDisplayChannel::ERotation90CW |
|
sl@0
|
1407 |
RDisplayChannel::ERotation180 | RDisplayChannel::ERotation270CW;
|
sl@0
|
1408 |
info.iNormal.iWidth = width;
|
sl@0
|
1409 |
info.iNormal.iHeight = height;
|
sl@0
|
1410 |
// Windows requires rounding up to 4-bytes words
|
sl@0
|
1411 |
info.iNormal.iOffsetBetweenLines = _ALIGN_UP(width * pixelBytes, 4);
|
sl@0
|
1412 |
info.iFlipped.iWidth = height;
|
sl@0
|
1413 |
info.iFlipped.iHeight = width;
|
sl@0
|
1414 |
// Windows requires rounding up to 4-bytes words
|
sl@0
|
1415 |
info.iFlipped.iOffsetBetweenLines = _ALIGN_UP(height * pixelBytes, 4);
|
sl@0
|
1416 |
|
sl@0
|
1417 |
TInt maxSize=0;
|
sl@0
|
1418 |
//ensure legacy buffer is large enough for all supported modes.
|
sl@0
|
1419 |
//It would be a very strange setup for the max size to not be the max bpp,
|
sl@0
|
1420 |
//but we don't know which mode is max bpp anyway!
|
sl@0
|
1421 |
TVideoInfoV01 videoInfo;
|
sl@0
|
1422 |
for (TInt mode=0,maxMode=screen->iMaxModes;mode<maxMode;mode++)
|
sl@0
|
1423 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1424 |
if (systemIni->VideoInfoForDisplayDriver(aScreenNumber,mode, videoInfo)) //can't actually fail currently
|
sl@0
|
1425 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1426 |
TInt dwSize=videoInfo.iOffsetToFirstPixel+videoInfo.iOffsetBetweenLines*videoInfo.iSizeInPixels.iHeight;
|
sl@0
|
1427 |
if (dwSize>maxSize)
|
sl@0
|
1428 |
maxSize=dwSize;
|
sl@0
|
1429 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1430 |
else
|
sl@0
|
1431 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1432 |
Fault(EGuiVideoInfoUnavailable);
|
sl@0
|
1433 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1434 |
//rotated mode may use more RAM?? Height may be >Width or may not be a multiple of stride quantum
|
sl@0
|
1435 |
if (systemIni->VideoInfoForDisplayDriver(aScreenNumber,mode|KModeFlagFlipped, videoInfo)) //can't actually fail currently
|
sl@0
|
1436 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1437 |
TInt dwSize=videoInfo.iOffsetToFirstPixel+videoInfo.iOffsetBetweenLines*videoInfo.iSizeInPixels.iWidth;
|
sl@0
|
1438 |
if (dwSize>maxSize)
|
sl@0
|
1439 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1440 |
maxSize=dwSize;
|
sl@0
|
1441 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1442 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1443 |
else
|
sl@0
|
1444 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1445 |
Fault(EGuiVideoInfoUnavailable);
|
sl@0
|
1446 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1447 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1448 |
|
sl@0
|
1449 |
masterIni->iMaxSizeInBytes = maxSize;
|
sl@0
|
1450 |
if (__e32_atomic_add_ord32(&buffer.iDisplayDriverCount, 1) == 0)
|
sl@0
|
1451 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1452 |
// First driver to connect, allocate frame buffers.
|
sl@0
|
1453 |
// +1 frame buffer is ui legacy buffer at [0], so does need to take account of stride and offset
|
sl@0
|
1454 |
r = masterIni->AllocateFrameBuffers(aScreenNumber, screen->iCompositionBuffers + 1, maxSize);
|
sl@0
|
1455 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1456 |
|
sl@0
|
1457 |
if (r == KErrNone)
|
sl@0
|
1458 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1459 |
buffer.iScreenBuffer.iDisplayBufferOffset = 0;
|
sl@0
|
1460 |
masterIni->iBufferSet[aScreenNumber].iDisplayChannel = aDisplay;
|
sl@0
|
1461 |
masterIni->InitBitmapHeader(*screen, &buffer.iInfo);
|
sl@0
|
1462 |
masterIni->InitBufferFormat(*screen, buffer.iBufferFormat);
|
sl@0
|
1463 |
if(systemIni->VideoInfoForDisplayDriver(aScreenNumber,screen->iCurrentMode, videoInfo, ETrue))
|
sl@0
|
1464 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1465 |
r = aDisplay->Initialize(info,
|
sl@0
|
1466 |
FlipToDisplayRotation(screen->iScreenRotation),
|
sl@0
|
1467 |
hWnd, buffer.iScreenBuffer.iFrameBuffers,
|
sl@0
|
1468 |
buffer.iScreenBuffer.iMemChunks,
|
sl@0
|
1469 |
buffer.iDsaBuffer,
|
sl@0
|
1470 |
videoInfo.iSizeInPixels,videoInfo.iSizeInTwips,
|
sl@0
|
1471 |
masterIni->iSupportedPixelFormatTable,
|
sl@0
|
1472 |
masterIni->iSupportedPixelFormatTableSize,
|
sl@0
|
1473 |
buffer.iBufferFormat);
|
sl@0
|
1474 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1475 |
else
|
sl@0
|
1476 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1477 |
Fault(EGuiVideoInfoUnavailable);
|
sl@0
|
1478 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1479 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1480 |
|
sl@0
|
1481 |
if (r != KErrNone && __e32_atomic_tas_ord32(&buffer.iDisplayDriverCount, 1, -1, 0) == 1)
|
sl@0
|
1482 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1483 |
// Release any that were allocated
|
sl@0
|
1484 |
masterIni->ReleaseFrameBuffers(aScreenNumber);
|
sl@0
|
1485 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1486 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1487 |
else
|
sl@0
|
1488 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1489 |
// Display driver disconnected
|
sl@0
|
1490 |
if (__e32_atomic_tas_ord32(&buffer.iDisplayDriverCount, 1, -1, 0) == 1)
|
sl@0
|
1491 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1492 |
// All drivers disconnected, deallocate memory.
|
sl@0
|
1493 |
masterIni->ReleaseFrameBuffers(aScreenNumber);
|
sl@0
|
1494 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1495 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1496 |
|
sl@0
|
1497 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
1498 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1499 |
|
sl@0
|
1500 |
|
sl@0
|
1501 |
void DWinsUi::SetVirtualKey(const TBool aProcessing, const TInt aCommandData, const TEmulCommand aCommand)
|
sl@0
|
1502 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1503 |
iProcessingVirtualKey = aProcessing;
|
sl@0
|
1504 |
iFakedVirtualKey = aCommandData;
|
sl@0
|
1505 |
iVirtualKeyCommand = aCommand;
|
sl@0
|
1506 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1507 |
|
sl@0
|
1508 |
TBool DWinsUi::WasVirtualKey(TInt& aCommandData, TEmulCommand& aCommand)
|
sl@0
|
1509 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1510 |
if (iProcessingVirtualKey)
|
sl@0
|
1511 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1512 |
|
sl@0
|
1513 |
aCommandData = iFakedVirtualKey;
|
sl@0
|
1514 |
aCommand = iVirtualKeyCommand;
|
sl@0
|
1515 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1516 |
return iProcessingVirtualKey;
|
sl@0
|
1517 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1518 |
|
sl@0
|
1519 |
|
sl@0
|
1520 |
TInt DWinsUi::DoDefineEmulatorControl(TAny* aPtr, const char* aValue)
|
sl@0
|
1521 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1522 |
return static_cast<DWinsUi*>(aPtr)->DefineEmulatorControl(aValue);
|
sl@0
|
1523 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1524 |
|
sl@0
|
1525 |
|
sl@0
|
1526 |
TInt DWinsUi::DefineEmulatorControl(const char* aValue)
|
sl@0
|
1527 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1528 |
|
sl@0
|
1529 |
//example EmulatorControl SelectConfig 2 rect 223,640 29,22
|
sl@0
|
1530 |
//example EmulatorControl NextConfig rect 223,640 29,22
|
sl@0
|
1531 |
const char* beg = skipws(aValue);
|
sl@0
|
1532 |
const char* end = skiptok(beg);
|
sl@0
|
1533 |
TInt err = KErrNone;
|
sl@0
|
1534 |
|
sl@0
|
1535 |
TEmulCommand command = ENoCommand;
|
sl@0
|
1536 |
TInt data = 0;
|
sl@0
|
1537 |
if (_strnicmp(beg, "SelectConfig", end-beg) == 0)
|
sl@0
|
1538 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1539 |
//get the int param which is the config to switch to
|
sl@0
|
1540 |
beg = end;
|
sl@0
|
1541 |
char * e;
|
sl@0
|
1542 |
data = strtol(beg, &e,0);
|
sl@0
|
1543 |
if (beg == e)
|
sl@0
|
1544 |
err = KErrArgument;
|
sl@0
|
1545 |
end = e;
|
sl@0
|
1546 |
command = ESelectConfig;
|
sl@0
|
1547 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1548 |
else if(_strnicmp(beg, "NextConfig", end-beg) == 0)
|
sl@0
|
1549 |
|
sl@0
|
1550 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1551 |
command = ENextConfig;
|
sl@0
|
1552 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1553 |
else
|
sl@0
|
1554 |
err = KErrArgument;
|
sl@0
|
1555 |
|
sl@0
|
1556 |
if (err != KErrNone)
|
sl@0
|
1557 |
return err;
|
sl@0
|
1558 |
|
sl@0
|
1559 |
//get the shape
|
sl@0
|
1560 |
beg = skipws(end);
|
sl@0
|
1561 |
end = skiptok(beg);
|
sl@0
|
1562 |
if (end - beg != 4 || _strnicmp(beg, "rect", 4) != 0)
|
sl@0
|
1563 |
return KErrArgument;
|
sl@0
|
1564 |
|
sl@0
|
1565 |
// get the parameters
|
sl@0
|
1566 |
beg = skipws(end);
|
sl@0
|
1567 |
char* end2;
|
sl@0
|
1568 |
TInt x = strtol(beg, &end2, 10);
|
sl@0
|
1569 |
if (beg == end2 || *end2++ != ',')
|
sl@0
|
1570 |
return KErrArgument;
|
sl@0
|
1571 |
beg = end2;
|
sl@0
|
1572 |
TInt y = strtol(beg, &end2, 10);
|
sl@0
|
1573 |
if (beg == end2)
|
sl@0
|
1574 |
return KErrArgument;
|
sl@0
|
1575 |
beg = skipws(end2);
|
sl@0
|
1576 |
TInt w = strtol(beg, &end2, 10);
|
sl@0
|
1577 |
if (beg == end2 || *end2++ != ',')
|
sl@0
|
1578 |
return KErrArgument;
|
sl@0
|
1579 |
beg = end2;
|
sl@0
|
1580 |
TInt h = strtol(beg, &end2, 10);
|
sl@0
|
1581 |
if (beg == end2)
|
sl@0
|
1582 |
return KErrArgument;
|
sl@0
|
1583 |
|
sl@0
|
1584 |
VKRect* pRect = new VKRect(data, command, x, y, w, h);
|
sl@0
|
1585 |
if (!pRect)
|
sl@0
|
1586 |
return KErrNoMemory;
|
sl@0
|
1587 |
return iVirtualKeys.Append(pRect);
|
sl@0
|
1588 |
|
sl@0
|
1589 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1590 |
|
sl@0
|
1591 |
|
sl@0
|
1592 |
TInt DWinsUi::DoDefineVirtualKey(TAny* aPtr, const char* aValue)
|
sl@0
|
1593 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1594 |
return static_cast<DWinsUi*>(aPtr)->DefineVirtualKey(aValue);
|
sl@0
|
1595 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1596 |
|
sl@0
|
1597 |
TInt DWinsUi::DefineVirtualKey(const char* aValue)
|
sl@0
|
1598 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1599 |
// Get the key to map
|
sl@0
|
1600 |
const char* beg = skipws(aValue);
|
sl@0
|
1601 |
const char* end = skiptok(beg);
|
sl@0
|
1602 |
TInt key = iKeyboard.GetEPOCKeyCode(TPtrC8((const TUint8*)beg, end-beg));
|
sl@0
|
1603 |
if (key == KErrNotFound)
|
sl@0
|
1604 |
return key;
|
sl@0
|
1605 |
|
sl@0
|
1606 |
//get the shape
|
sl@0
|
1607 |
beg = skipws(end);
|
sl@0
|
1608 |
end = skiptok(beg);
|
sl@0
|
1609 |
if (end - beg != 4 || _strnicmp(beg, "rect", 4) != 0)
|
sl@0
|
1610 |
return KErrArgument;
|
sl@0
|
1611 |
|
sl@0
|
1612 |
// get the parameters
|
sl@0
|
1613 |
beg = skipws(end);
|
sl@0
|
1614 |
char* end2;
|
sl@0
|
1615 |
TInt x = strtol(beg, &end2, 10);
|
sl@0
|
1616 |
if (beg == end2 || *end2++ != ',')
|
sl@0
|
1617 |
return KErrArgument;
|
sl@0
|
1618 |
beg = end2;
|
sl@0
|
1619 |
TInt y = strtol(beg, &end2, 10);
|
sl@0
|
1620 |
if (beg == end2)
|
sl@0
|
1621 |
return KErrArgument;
|
sl@0
|
1622 |
beg = skipws(end2);
|
sl@0
|
1623 |
TInt w = strtol(beg, &end2, 10);
|
sl@0
|
1624 |
if (beg == end2 || *end2++ != ',')
|
sl@0
|
1625 |
return KErrArgument;
|
sl@0
|
1626 |
beg = end2;
|
sl@0
|
1627 |
TInt h = strtol(beg, &end2, 10);
|
sl@0
|
1628 |
if (beg == end2)
|
sl@0
|
1629 |
return KErrArgument;
|
sl@0
|
1630 |
|
sl@0
|
1631 |
VKRect* pRect = new VKRect(key, EKey, x, y, w, h);
|
sl@0
|
1632 |
if (!pRect)
|
sl@0
|
1633 |
return KErrNoMemory;
|
sl@0
|
1634 |
return iVirtualKeys.Append(pRect);
|
sl@0
|
1635 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1636 |
|
sl@0
|
1637 |
|
sl@0
|
1638 |
LOCAL_C TInt readBitmapInfo(PBITMAPINFOHEADER aHeader, const char* aFileName)
|
sl@0
|
1639 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1640 |
PBITMAPFILEHEADER pbmfh=NULL;
|
sl@0
|
1641 |
PBITMAPINFOHEADER pbmih=NULL;
|
sl@0
|
1642 |
TInt bfOffBits;
|
sl@0
|
1643 |
|
sl@0
|
1644 |
HANDLE fh=CreateFileA(aFileName,GENERIC_READ,NULL,NULL,OPEN_EXISTING,NULL,NULL);
|
sl@0
|
1645 |
if (!fh || fh==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
|
sl@0
|
1646 |
return KErrNotFound;
|
sl@0
|
1647 |
|
sl@0
|
1648 |
TInt r=KErrNone;
|
sl@0
|
1649 |
|
sl@0
|
1650 |
// read in the bitmap file header. save the offset to bits.
|
sl@0
|
1651 |
pbmfh = (PBITMAPFILEHEADER)LocalAlloc(LPTR, sizeof(BITMAPFILEHEADER));
|
sl@0
|
1652 |
if (pbmfh==NULL)
|
sl@0
|
1653 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1654 |
r=KErrNotFound;
|
sl@0
|
1655 |
goto exit;
|
sl@0
|
1656 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1657 |
DWORD bytesRead;
|
sl@0
|
1658 |
ReadFile(fh, (LPVOID)pbmfh, sizeof(BITMAPFILEHEADER), &bytesRead, NULL);
|
sl@0
|
1659 |
bfOffBits=pbmfh->bfOffBits;
|
sl@0
|
1660 |
|
sl@0
|
1661 |
// read in the bitmap info header and the color table right after it.
|
sl@0
|
1662 |
pbmih = (PBITMAPINFOHEADER)LocalAlloc(LPTR, bfOffBits- sizeof(BITMAPFILEHEADER));
|
sl@0
|
1663 |
if (pbmih==NULL)
|
sl@0
|
1664 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1665 |
r=KErrNotFound;
|
sl@0
|
1666 |
goto exit;
|
sl@0
|
1667 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1668 |
ReadFile(fh, (LPVOID)pbmih, bfOffBits-sizeof(BITMAPFILEHEADER),&bytesRead,NULL);
|
sl@0
|
1669 |
*aHeader=*pbmih;
|
sl@0
|
1670 |
exit:
|
sl@0
|
1671 |
LocalFree(LocalHandle ((LPSTR)pbmih));
|
sl@0
|
1672 |
LocalFree(LocalHandle ((LPSTR)pbmfh));
|
sl@0
|
1673 |
CloseHandle(fh);
|
sl@0
|
1674 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
1675 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1676 |
|
sl@0
|
1677 |
HBITMAP readBitmap(HDC aHdc, const char* aFileName)
|
sl@0
|
1678 |
//
|
sl@0
|
1679 |
// reads a BMP file from disk and returns a HBITMAP
|
sl@0
|
1680 |
//
|
sl@0
|
1681 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1682 |
HBITMAP hbm=NULL;
|
sl@0
|
1683 |
PBITMAPFILEHEADER pbmfh=NULL;
|
sl@0
|
1684 |
PBITMAPINFOHEADER pbmih=NULL;
|
sl@0
|
1685 |
TUint8 *pBits=NULL;
|
sl@0
|
1686 |
TInt bfOffBits;
|
sl@0
|
1687 |
TInt nbytes;
|
sl@0
|
1688 |
|
sl@0
|
1689 |
HANDLE fh=CreateFileA(aFileName, GENERIC_READ, NULL, NULL, OPEN_EXISTING, NULL, NULL);
|
sl@0
|
1690 |
if (!fh || fh==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
|
sl@0
|
1691 |
return NULL;
|
sl@0
|
1692 |
|
sl@0
|
1693 |
nbytes=GetFileSize((HANDLE)fh, NULL);
|
sl@0
|
1694 |
// read in the bitmap file header. save the offset to bits.
|
sl@0
|
1695 |
pbmfh = (PBITMAPFILEHEADER)LocalAlloc(LPTR, sizeof(BITMAPFILEHEADER));
|
sl@0
|
1696 |
if (pbmfh==NULL)
|
sl@0
|
1697 |
goto exit;
|
sl@0
|
1698 |
DWORD bytesRead;
|
sl@0
|
1699 |
ReadFile(fh, (LPVOID)pbmfh, sizeof(BITMAPFILEHEADER),&bytesRead,NULL);
|
sl@0
|
1700 |
bfOffBits=pbmfh->bfOffBits;
|
sl@0
|
1701 |
|
sl@0
|
1702 |
// read in the bitmap info header and the color table right after it.
|
sl@0
|
1703 |
pbmih = (PBITMAPINFOHEADER)LocalAlloc(LPTR, bfOffBits- sizeof(BITMAPFILEHEADER));
|
sl@0
|
1704 |
if (pbmih==NULL)
|
sl@0
|
1705 |
goto exit;
|
sl@0
|
1706 |
ReadFile(fh, (LPVOID)pbmih, bfOffBits-sizeof(BITMAPFILEHEADER),&bytesRead,NULL);
|
sl@0
|
1707 |
|
sl@0
|
1708 |
// finally read in the bit data.
|
sl@0
|
1709 |
pBits = (PBYTE)LocalAlloc (LPTR, (nbytes - bfOffBits));
|
sl@0
|
1710 |
if (pBits==NULL)
|
sl@0
|
1711 |
goto exit;
|
sl@0
|
1712 |
ReadFile(fh, (LPVOID)pBits, nbytes-bfOffBits,&bytesRead,NULL);
|
sl@0
|
1713 |
|
sl@0
|
1714 |
hbm=CreateDIBitmap(aHdc, pbmih, CBM_INIT, pBits,(PBITMAPINFO) pbmih, DIB_RGB_COLORS);
|
sl@0
|
1715 |
exit:
|
sl@0
|
1716 |
LocalFree(LocalHandle ((LPSTR)pBits));
|
sl@0
|
1717 |
LocalFree(LocalHandle ((LPSTR)pbmih));
|
sl@0
|
1718 |
LocalFree(LocalHandle ((LPSTR)pbmfh));
|
sl@0
|
1719 |
CloseHandle(fh);
|
sl@0
|
1720 |
return hbm;
|
sl@0
|
1721 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1722 |
|
sl@0
|
1723 |
void LoadFasciaBitmap(TInt aScreen)
|
sl@0
|
1724 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1725 |
HDC hdc=GetDC(TheWin[aScreen]);
|
sl@0
|
1726 |
RECT windowRect = {0};
|
sl@0
|
1727 |
windowRect.right=systemIni->iScreens[aScreen]->iXYInputWidth;
|
sl@0
|
1728 |
windowRect.bottom=systemIni->iScreens[aScreen]->iXYInputHeight;
|
sl@0
|
1729 |
HBITMAP screenBitmap=readBitmap(hdc, systemIni->iScreens[aScreen]->iFasciaFileName);
|
sl@0
|
1730 |
if (screenBitmap==NULL)
|
sl@0
|
1731 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1732 |
screenBitmap=CreateCompatibleBitmap(hdc, windowRect.right-windowRect.left, windowRect.bottom-windowRect.top);
|
sl@0
|
1733 |
HDC hdcMem=CreateCompatibleDC(hdc);
|
sl@0
|
1734 |
SelectObject(hdcMem, screenBitmap);
|
sl@0
|
1735 |
PatBlt(hdcMem, 0, 0, windowRect.right-windowRect.left, windowRect.bottom-windowRect.top, BLACKNESS);
|
sl@0
|
1736 |
DeleteDC(hdcMem);
|
sl@0
|
1737 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1738 |
__ASSERT_ALWAYS(screenBitmap!=NULL,Fault(EGuiCreateBitmap));
|
sl@0
|
1739 |
TheScreenBitmap[aScreen]=screenBitmap;
|
sl@0
|
1740 |
|
sl@0
|
1741 |
DrawLeds();
|
sl@0
|
1742 |
|
sl@0
|
1743 |
ReleaseDC(TheWin[aScreen], hdc);
|
sl@0
|
1744 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1745 |
TBool DWinsUi::MultiTouchEnabled() const
|
sl@0
|
1746 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1747 |
return iMultiTouchEnabled;
|
sl@0
|
1748 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1749 |
|
sl@0
|
1750 |
TBool DWinsUi::GCEEnabled() const
|
sl@0
|
1751 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1752 |
return iGCEEnabled;
|
sl@0
|
1753 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1754 |
|
sl@0
|
1755 |
TInt DWinsUi::MultiTouchProximityStep() const
|
sl@0
|
1756 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1757 |
return iMultiTouchProximityStep;
|
sl@0
|
1758 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1759 |
|
sl@0
|
1760 |
TInt DWinsUi::MultiTouchPressureStep() const
|
sl@0
|
1761 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1762 |
return iMultiTouchPressureStep;
|
sl@0
|
1763 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1764 |
|
sl@0
|
1765 |
TBool DWinsUi::OnDigitizer(TInt aX, TInt aY) const
|
sl@0
|
1766 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1767 |
if (!iDigitizerEnabled)
|
sl@0
|
1768 |
return EFalse;
|
sl@0
|
1769 |
switch(CurrentFlipState[0])
|
sl@0
|
1770 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1771 |
case EEmulatorFlipRestore:
|
sl@0
|
1772 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1773 |
aX -= iDigitizerOffsetX;
|
sl@0
|
1774 |
aY -= iDigitizerOffsetY;
|
sl@0
|
1775 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
1776 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1777 |
case EEmulatorFlipInvert:
|
sl@0
|
1778 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1779 |
aX -= systemIni->iScreens[0]->iScreenWidth - iDigitizerOffsetX - iDigitizerWidth;
|
sl@0
|
1780 |
aY -= systemIni->iScreens[0]->iScreenHeight - iDigitizerOffsetY - iDigitizerHeight;
|
sl@0
|
1781 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
1782 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1783 |
case EEmulatorFlipRight:
|
sl@0
|
1784 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1785 |
TInt oldY = aY;
|
sl@0
|
1786 |
aY = aX - (systemIni->iScreens[0]->iScreenHeight - iDigitizerOffsetY - iDigitizerHeight);
|
sl@0
|
1787 |
aX = oldY - iDigitizerOffsetX;
|
sl@0
|
1788 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
1789 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1790 |
case EEmulatorFlipLeft:
|
sl@0
|
1791 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1792 |
TInt oldY = aY;
|
sl@0
|
1793 |
aY = aX - iDigitizerOffsetY;
|
sl@0
|
1794 |
aX = oldY - (systemIni->iScreens[0]->iScreenWidth - iDigitizerOffsetX - iDigitizerWidth);
|
sl@0
|
1795 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
1796 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1797 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1798 |
return (TUint(aX) < TUint(iDigitizerWidth) && TUint(aY) < TUint(iDigitizerHeight));
|
sl@0
|
1799 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1800 |
|
sl@0
|
1801 |
LOCAL_C void addMouseEvent(TRawEvent::TType aType,TInt aXpos,TInt aYpos)
|
sl@0
|
1802 |
//
|
sl@0
|
1803 |
// Add a mouse event.
|
sl@0
|
1804 |
//
|
sl@0
|
1805 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1806 |
if (systemIni->OnDigitizer(aXpos, aYpos))
|
sl@0
|
1807 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1808 |
TRawEvent v;
|
sl@0
|
1809 |
v.Set(aType,aXpos,aYpos);
|
sl@0
|
1810 |
TheEventQ.Add(v);
|
sl@0
|
1811 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1812 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1813 |
|
sl@0
|
1814 |
LOCAL_C void addMouseEvent(TRawEvent::TType aType,TInt aXpos,TInt aYpos,TInt aZpos, TInt aPointerId=0)
|
sl@0
|
1815 |
//
|
sl@0
|
1816 |
// Add a multitouch mouse event.
|
sl@0
|
1817 |
//
|
sl@0
|
1818 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1819 |
if (systemIni->OnDigitizer(aXpos, aYpos))
|
sl@0
|
1820 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1821 |
TRawEvent v;
|
sl@0
|
1822 |
v.Set(aType,aXpos,aYpos, aZpos);
|
sl@0
|
1823 |
v.SetPointerNumber(static_cast<const TUint8>(aPointerId));
|
sl@0
|
1824 |
TheEventQ.Add(v);
|
sl@0
|
1825 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1826 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1827 |
LOCAL_C void addKeyEvent(TRawEvent::TType aType,TInt aKey)
|
sl@0
|
1828 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1829 |
TRawEvent v;
|
sl@0
|
1830 |
v.Set(aType, aKey);
|
sl@0
|
1831 |
TheEventQ.Add(v);
|
sl@0
|
1832 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1833 |
|
sl@0
|
1834 |
|
sl@0
|
1835 |
LOCAL_C void SwitchConfiguration(TInt aData, TBool aSendFlipKey = ETrue)
|
sl@0
|
1836 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1837 |
if (aData < 0 || aData >= masterIni->iSystemInis.Count())
|
sl@0
|
1838 |
return;
|
sl@0
|
1839 |
|
sl@0
|
1840 |
CurrentConfiguration = aData;
|
sl@0
|
1841 |
systemIni = masterIni->iSystemInis[aData];
|
sl@0
|
1842 |
|
sl@0
|
1843 |
//get the correct fascia bitmaps
|
sl@0
|
1844 |
TInt screens=systemIni->iScreens.Count();
|
sl@0
|
1845 |
TInt i;
|
sl@0
|
1846 |
TUint disabledWinType=ENormalResolution;
|
sl@0
|
1847 |
for(i=0;i<screens;i++)
|
sl@0
|
1848 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1849 |
DeleteObject(TheScreenBitmap[i]);
|
sl@0
|
1850 |
LoadFasciaBitmap(i);
|
sl@0
|
1851 |
if (masterIni->iBufferSet[i].iDisplayState!=ENormalResolution)
|
sl@0
|
1852 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1853 |
disabledWinType=masterIni->iBufferSet[i].iDisplayState;
|
sl@0
|
1854 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1855 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1856 |
|
sl@0
|
1857 |
//update the window title
|
sl@0
|
1858 |
if (disabledWinType!=ENormalResolution && disabledWinType < 4) //hardwired 4 because the code below is hardwired
|
sl@0
|
1859 |
{ //string may be multi-part indexed by disable type, or it may not
|
sl@0
|
1860 |
CHAR* firstsemi=strchr(systemIni->iWindowTitle,';');
|
sl@0
|
1861 |
CHAR* secondsemi=NULL;
|
sl@0
|
1862 |
if (firstsemi)
|
sl@0
|
1863 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1864 |
secondsemi=strchr(firstsemi+1,';');
|
sl@0
|
1865 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1866 |
if (firstsemi&&secondsemi)
|
sl@0
|
1867 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1868 |
*firstsemi='\0';
|
sl@0
|
1869 |
*secondsemi='\0';
|
sl@0
|
1870 |
char* ptr[4]={0,systemIni->iWindowTitle,firstsemi+1,secondsemi+1};
|
sl@0
|
1871 |
SetWindowTextA(TheControlWin, ptr[disabledWinType]);
|
sl@0
|
1872 |
*firstsemi=';';
|
sl@0
|
1873 |
*secondsemi=';';
|
sl@0
|
1874 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1875 |
else
|
sl@0
|
1876 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1877 |
SetWindowTextA(TheControlWin, systemIni->iWindowTitle);
|
sl@0
|
1878 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1879 |
|
sl@0
|
1880 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1881 |
else
|
sl@0
|
1882 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1883 |
SetWindowTextA(TheControlWin, systemIni->iWindowTitle);
|
sl@0
|
1884 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1885 |
//resize and repaint the current window anyway.
|
sl@0
|
1886 |
//the text window server doesn't respond to orientation messages
|
sl@0
|
1887 |
for(i=0;i<screens;i++)
|
sl@0
|
1888 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1889 |
InvalidateRect(TheWin[i], NULL, false);
|
sl@0
|
1890 |
SendMessage(TheWin[i], WM_FLIP_MESSAGE, systemIni->iScreens[i]->iScreenRotation,0);
|
sl@0
|
1891 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1892 |
|
sl@0
|
1893 |
//pass on the orientation key to the windows server
|
sl@0
|
1894 |
if (aSendFlipKey)
|
sl@0
|
1895 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1896 |
if (!WinsGuiPowerHandler->iStandby)
|
sl@0
|
1897 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1898 |
addKeyEvent(TRawEvent::EKeyDown, systemIni->iInitialFlipMsg);
|
sl@0
|
1899 |
addKeyEvent(TRawEvent::EKeyUp, systemIni->iInitialFlipMsg);
|
sl@0
|
1900 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1901 |
else
|
sl@0
|
1902 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1903 |
//remember the flip message so we can send it to the window server when we come out of standby
|
sl@0
|
1904 |
SavedFlipMessage = systemIni->iInitialFlipMsg;
|
sl@0
|
1905 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1906 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1907 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1908 |
/**
|
sl@0
|
1909 |
Sets the specified screen to the given width and height, if available.
|
sl@0
|
1910 |
|
sl@0
|
1911 |
The configurations are searched to find a match, taking the display state into
|
sl@0
|
1912 |
account. If no configuration is available, the request is ignored.
|
sl@0
|
1913 |
|
sl@0
|
1914 |
@param aScreenNumber the screen index
|
sl@0
|
1915 |
@param aWidth the desired width
|
sl@0
|
1916 |
@param aHeight the desired height
|
sl@0
|
1917 |
**/
|
sl@0
|
1918 |
void DMasterIni::SetDisplaySize(TInt aDisplayNumber, TInt aWidth, TInt aHeight)
|
sl@0
|
1919 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1920 |
TInt displayCount = iBufferSet.Count();
|
sl@0
|
1921 |
|
sl@0
|
1922 |
if (aDisplayNumber < 0 || aDisplayNumber >= displayCount)
|
sl@0
|
1923 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1924 |
// Invalid screen number, discard.
|
sl@0
|
1925 |
return;
|
sl@0
|
1926 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1927 |
|
sl@0
|
1928 |
if (iBufferSet[aDisplayNumber].iDisplayState != ENormalResolution)
|
sl@0
|
1929 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1930 |
// No (non-zero) resolutions available, discard.
|
sl@0
|
1931 |
return;
|
sl@0
|
1932 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1933 |
|
sl@0
|
1934 |
TInt count = iSystemInis.Count();
|
sl@0
|
1935 |
TInt index;
|
sl@0
|
1936 |
for (index = 0; index < count; index++)
|
sl@0
|
1937 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1938 |
DWinsUi* newIni = masterIni->iSystemInis[index];
|
sl@0
|
1939 |
DScreenProperties* newProps = newIni->iScreens[aDisplayNumber];
|
sl@0
|
1940 |
|
sl@0
|
1941 |
if (newProps->iScreenWidth == aWidth && newProps->iScreenHeight == aHeight)
|
sl@0
|
1942 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1943 |
// Found a potential match. Check other screens match their current size.
|
sl@0
|
1944 |
if (newIni == systemIni)
|
sl@0
|
1945 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1946 |
// Current configuration, already in use. Nothing to do.
|
sl@0
|
1947 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
1948 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1949 |
|
sl@0
|
1950 |
TInt display;
|
sl@0
|
1951 |
for (display = 0; display < displayCount; display++)
|
sl@0
|
1952 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1953 |
if (display == aDisplayNumber)
|
sl@0
|
1954 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1955 |
// No need to check the display we are changing
|
sl@0
|
1956 |
continue;
|
sl@0
|
1957 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1958 |
|
sl@0
|
1959 |
DScreenProperties* currentPropsN = systemIni->iScreens[display];
|
sl@0
|
1960 |
DScreenProperties* newPropsN = newIni->iScreens[display];
|
sl@0
|
1961 |
|
sl@0
|
1962 |
if (newPropsN->iScreenWidth != currentPropsN->iScreenWidth ||
|
sl@0
|
1963 |
newPropsN->iScreenHeight != currentPropsN->iScreenHeight)
|
sl@0
|
1964 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1965 |
// Resolution mismatch, try next configuration.
|
sl@0
|
1966 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
1967 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1968 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1969 |
|
sl@0
|
1970 |
if (display == displayCount)
|
sl@0
|
1971 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1972 |
// Match found, switch to this configuration and stop. Force
|
sl@0
|
1973 |
// rotation to the same as the current rotation.
|
sl@0
|
1974 |
newProps->iScreenRotation = systemIni->iScreens[aDisplayNumber]->iScreenRotation;
|
sl@0
|
1975 |
SwitchConfiguration(index);
|
sl@0
|
1976 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
1977 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1978 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1979 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1980 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1981 |
|
sl@0
|
1982 |
|
sl@0
|
1983 |
void DMasterIni::SetBufferFormat(TInt aDisplayNumber, TUint aAggregateSize, RDisplayChannel::TPixelFormat aPixelFormat)
|
sl@0
|
1984 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1985 |
TInt displayCount = iBufferSet.Count();
|
sl@0
|
1986 |
|
sl@0
|
1987 |
if (aDisplayNumber < 0 || aDisplayNumber >= displayCount)
|
sl@0
|
1988 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1989 |
// Invalid screen number, discard.
|
sl@0
|
1990 |
return;
|
sl@0
|
1991 |
}
|
sl@0
|
1992 |
|
sl@0
|
1993 |
LPBITMAPV4HEADER info = &iBufferSet[aDisplayNumber].iInfo;
|
sl@0
|
1994 |
|
sl@0
|
1995 |
// update the bitmap header taking in consideration the new pixel format
|
sl@0
|
1996 |
switch (aPixelFormat)
|
sl@0
|
1997 |
{
|
sl@0
|
1998 |
case EUidPixelFormatXRGB_4444:
|
sl@0
|
1999 |
case EUidPixelFormatARGB_4444:
|
sl@0
|
2000 |
info->bV4BitCount=16;
|
sl@0
|
2001 |
info->bV4V4Compression = BI_BITFIELDS;
|
sl@0
|
2002 |
info->bV4RedMask = 0x0F00;
|
sl@0
|
2003 |
info->bV4GreenMask = 0x00F0;
|
sl@0
|
2004 |
info->bV4BlueMask = 0x000F;
|
sl@0
|
2005 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2006 |
case EUidPixelFormatRGB_565:
|
sl@0
|
2007 |
info->bV4BitCount=16;
|
sl@0
|
2008 |
info->bV4V4Compression = BI_BITFIELDS;
|
sl@0
|
2009 |
info->bV4RedMask = 0xF800;
|
sl@0
|
2010 |
info->bV4GreenMask = 0x07E0;
|
sl@0
|
2011 |
info->bV4BlueMask = 0x001F;
|
sl@0
|
2012 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2013 |
case EUidPixelFormatXRGB_8888: // Really 32bpp, but top 8 unused
|
sl@0
|
2014 |
case EUidPixelFormatARGB_8888:
|
sl@0
|
2015 |
case EUidPixelFormatARGB_8888_PRE:
|
sl@0
|
2016 |
info->bV4BitCount=32;
|
sl@0
|
2017 |
info->bV4V4Compression = BI_RGB;
|
sl@0
|
2018 |
// Mask is implicit for BI_RGB compression
|
sl@0
|
2019 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2020 |
default:
|
sl@0
|
2021 |
// We got an error, it seems. Let's ignore the message
|
sl@0
|
2022 |
return;
|
sl@0
|
2023 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2024 |
iBufferSet[aDisplayNumber].iBufferFormat.iPixelFormat = aPixelFormat;
|
sl@0
|
2025 |
|
sl@0
|
2026 |
// taking advantage of limiting the width and size to KMaxTInt16
|
sl@0
|
2027 |
TInt width = aAggregateSize & 0x0000ffff;
|
sl@0
|
2028 |
TInt height = (aAggregateSize >> 16) & 0x0000ffff;
|
sl@0
|
2029 |
|
sl@0
|
2030 |
// let's deal with the new size just received
|
sl@0
|
2031 |
iBufferSet[aDisplayNumber].iBufferFormat.iSize.iWidth = width;
|
sl@0
|
2032 |
iBufferSet[aDisplayNumber].iBufferFormat.iSize.iHeight = height;
|
sl@0
|
2033 |
|
sl@0
|
2034 |
// update the bitmap header, taking in consideration the rotation
|
sl@0
|
2035 |
switch (CurrentFlipState[aDisplayNumber])
|
sl@0
|
2036 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2037 |
case EEmulatorFlipRestore:
|
sl@0
|
2038 |
case EEmulatorFlipInvert:
|
sl@0
|
2039 |
info->bV4Width = width;
|
sl@0
|
2040 |
info->bV4Height = -height;
|
sl@0
|
2041 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2042 |
case EEmulatorFlipLeft:
|
sl@0
|
2043 |
case EEmulatorFlipRight:
|
sl@0
|
2044 |
info->bV4Width = height;
|
sl@0
|
2045 |
info->bV4Height = -width;
|
sl@0
|
2046 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2047 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2048 |
// finally, update the image size
|
sl@0
|
2049 |
SetImageSize(aDisplayNumber);
|
sl@0
|
2050 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2051 |
|
sl@0
|
2052 |
void DMasterIni::SetImageSize(TInt aScreenNumber)
|
sl@0
|
2053 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2054 |
TInt displayCount = iBufferSet.Count();
|
sl@0
|
2055 |
|
sl@0
|
2056 |
if (aScreenNumber >= 0 && aScreenNumber < displayCount)
|
sl@0
|
2057 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2058 |
LPBITMAPV4HEADER info = &iBufferSet[aScreenNumber].iInfo;
|
sl@0
|
2059 |
TInt bpp = _ALIGN_UP(info->bV4BitCount, 16); //12 & 16 --> 16 ; 24 & 32 --> 32
|
sl@0
|
2060 |
TInt widthInBpp = info->bV4Width * bpp;
|
sl@0
|
2061 |
//rounding to 32 bits (4 octets) and converting, then, bits to octets;
|
sl@0
|
2062 |
TInt scanLineInBytes = _ALIGN_UP(widthInBpp, 32) >> 3;
|
sl@0
|
2063 |
// info->bV4Height is negative or zero
|
sl@0
|
2064 |
info->bV4SizeImage = -info->bV4Height * scanLineInBytes;
|
sl@0
|
2065 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2066 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2067 |
|
sl@0
|
2068 |
LOCAL_C void NextConfiguration()
|
sl@0
|
2069 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2070 |
TInt config = CurrentConfiguration;
|
sl@0
|
2071 |
if (++config == masterIni->iSystemInis.Count())
|
sl@0
|
2072 |
config = 0;
|
sl@0
|
2073 |
SwitchConfiguration(config);
|
sl@0
|
2074 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2075 |
|
sl@0
|
2076 |
|
sl@0
|
2077 |
|
sl@0
|
2078 |
LOCAL_C TBool ProcessedByEmulatorKey(TInt aScanCode, HWND hWnd,TUint message,TUint wParam,TUint lParam)
|
sl@0
|
2079 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2080 |
|
sl@0
|
2081 |
TBool rVal = EFalse;
|
sl@0
|
2082 |
rVal = ETrue;
|
sl@0
|
2083 |
for (TInt i=0;i<systemIni->iControlHotKeys.Count();i++)//check key combinations
|
sl@0
|
2084 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2085 |
if (systemIni->iControlHotKeys[i]->CheckCombinationPressed())
|
sl@0
|
2086 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2087 |
switch (systemIni->iControlHotKeys[i]->iCommand)
|
sl@0
|
2088 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2089 |
|
sl@0
|
2090 |
case ENextConfig:
|
sl@0
|
2091 |
NextConfiguration();
|
sl@0
|
2092 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2093 |
|
sl@0
|
2094 |
case ESelectConfig:
|
sl@0
|
2095 |
SwitchConfiguration(systemIni->iControlHotKeys[i]->iData);
|
sl@0
|
2096 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2097 |
|
sl@0
|
2098 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2099 |
return ETrue;
|
sl@0
|
2100 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2101 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2102 |
switch (aScanCode)
|
sl@0
|
2103 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2104 |
|
sl@0
|
2105 |
case EStdKeyF4:
|
sl@0
|
2106 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2107 |
// Simulate a change of media card
|
sl@0
|
2108 |
TInt irq = NKern::DisableAllInterrupts();
|
sl@0
|
2109 |
if (*Wins::MediaDoorOpenPtr())
|
sl@0
|
2110 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2111 |
*Wins::CurrentPBusDevicePtr() += 1;
|
sl@0
|
2112 |
if (*Wins::CurrentPBusDevicePtr() == 2)
|
sl@0
|
2113 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2114 |
*Wins::CurrentPBusDevicePtr() = -1;
|
sl@0
|
2115 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2116 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2117 |
NKern::RestoreInterrupts(irq);
|
sl@0
|
2118 |
|
sl@0
|
2119 |
// pass on to the windows system so that if
|
sl@0
|
2120 |
// Alt-F4 is pressed the window will close
|
sl@0
|
2121 |
if (hWnd)
|
sl@0
|
2122 |
DefWindowProcA(hWnd,message,wParam,lParam);
|
sl@0
|
2123 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2124 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2125 |
|
sl@0
|
2126 |
default:
|
sl@0
|
2127 |
rVal = EFalse;
|
sl@0
|
2128 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2129 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2130 |
return rVal;
|
sl@0
|
2131 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2132 |
|
sl@0
|
2133 |
LOCAL_C void MultiChildWndPointer(TUint aMessage,TInt aXpos,TInt aYpos, TInt aZ, TInt aPointerId)
|
sl@0
|
2134 |
//
|
sl@0
|
2135 |
// Handle a multi-touch pointer event in the Symbian OS screen window
|
sl@0
|
2136 |
//
|
sl@0
|
2137 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2138 |
TRawEvent::TType eventType=TRawEvent::ENone;
|
sl@0
|
2139 |
CHAR buf[50];
|
sl@0
|
2140 |
|
sl@0
|
2141 |
if (aZ <= TheMultiTouch->iZMaxRange) //negative
|
sl@0
|
2142 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2143 |
eventType = TRawEvent::EPointer3DOutOfRange;
|
sl@0
|
2144 |
wsprintf((LPTSTR)buf, (LPCTSTR)TEXT("Out Of Range"));
|
sl@0
|
2145 |
SendMessage(hwndStatus, SB_SETTEXT, aPointerId , (LPARAM)(buf));
|
sl@0
|
2146 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2147 |
else
|
sl@0
|
2148 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2149 |
wsprintf((LPTSTR)buf, (LPCTSTR)TEXT("%d: %d,%d,%d"), aPointerId, aXpos,aYpos,aZ);
|
sl@0
|
2150 |
SendMessage(hwndStatus, SB_SETTEXT, aPointerId , (LPARAM)(buf));
|
sl@0
|
2151 |
switch (aMessage)
|
sl@0
|
2152 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2153 |
case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
|
sl@0
|
2154 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2155 |
eventType=TRawEvent::EPointerMove;
|
sl@0
|
2156 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2157 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2158 |
case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
|
sl@0
|
2159 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2160 |
SetCapture(TheChildWin[0]);
|
sl@0
|
2161 |
eventType = TRawEvent::EButton1Down;
|
sl@0
|
2162 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2163 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2164 |
case WM_LBUTTONUP:
|
sl@0
|
2165 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2166 |
ReleaseCapture();
|
sl@0
|
2167 |
eventType = TRawEvent::EButton1Up;
|
sl@0
|
2168 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2169 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2170 |
case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
|
sl@0
|
2171 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2172 |
eventType = TRawEvent::EButton3Down;
|
sl@0
|
2173 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2174 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2175 |
case WM_RBUTTONUP:
|
sl@0
|
2176 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2177 |
eventType = TRawEvent::EButton3Up;
|
sl@0
|
2178 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2179 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2180 |
case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
|
sl@0
|
2181 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2182 |
eventType = TRawEvent::EPointerMove;
|
sl@0
|
2183 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2184 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2185 |
default:
|
sl@0
|
2186 |
return;
|
sl@0
|
2187 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2188 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2189 |
|
sl@0
|
2190 |
if (!WinsGuiPowerHandler->iStandby)
|
sl@0
|
2191 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2192 |
addMouseEvent(eventType, aXpos, aYpos, aZ, aPointerId);
|
sl@0
|
2193 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2194 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2195 |
|
sl@0
|
2196 |
LOCAL_C void ChildWndPointer(TUint message,TInt aXpos,TInt aYpos)
|
sl@0
|
2197 |
//
|
sl@0
|
2198 |
// Handle a pointer event in the Symbian OS screen window
|
sl@0
|
2199 |
//
|
sl@0
|
2200 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2201 |
// Enable the multitouch if the cursor is inside the main client window
|
sl@0
|
2202 |
if (DMultiTouch::iMultiTouchCreated)
|
sl@0
|
2203 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2204 |
RECT client;
|
sl@0
|
2205 |
WINDOWINFO info;
|
sl@0
|
2206 |
GetWindowInfo(TheChildWin[0], &info);
|
sl@0
|
2207 |
POINT pt = {aXpos+(TInt)info.rcClient.left, aYpos+(TInt)info.rcClient.top};
|
sl@0
|
2208 |
if (GetWindowRect(TheChildWin[0], &client) &&
|
sl@0
|
2209 |
(PtInRect(&client,pt)!=NULL) && !DMultiTouch::iMultiTouchTempEnabled) // within the window
|
sl@0
|
2210 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2211 |
if (systemIni->MultiTouchEnabled() && systemIni->GCEEnabled())
|
sl@0
|
2212 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2213 |
if(TheMultiTouch->Register()) // Register successfully
|
sl@0
|
2214 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2215 |
DMultiTouch::iMultiTouchTempEnabled = TRUE;
|
sl@0
|
2216 |
//Show the status bars at the bottom of the emulator
|
sl@0
|
2217 |
SetWindowPos(hwndStatus,0,0,0,0,0,SWP_SHOWWINDOW);
|
sl@0
|
2218 |
SetFocus(TheWin[0]);
|
sl@0
|
2219 |
SetCursor(LoadCursorA(NULL,MAKEINTRESOURCEA(32512)));
|
sl@0
|
2220 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2221 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2222 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2223 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2224 |
TRawEvent::TType eventType=TRawEvent::ENone;
|
sl@0
|
2225 |
switch (message)
|
sl@0
|
2226 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2227 |
case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
|
sl@0
|
2228 |
eventType=TRawEvent::EPointerMove;
|
sl@0
|
2229 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2230 |
case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
|
sl@0
|
2231 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2232 |
SetCapture(TheChildWin[0]);
|
sl@0
|
2233 |
eventType=TRawEvent::EButton1Down;
|
sl@0
|
2234 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2235 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2236 |
case WM_LBUTTONUP:
|
sl@0
|
2237 |
ReleaseCapture();
|
sl@0
|
2238 |
eventType=TRawEvent::EButton1Up;
|
sl@0
|
2239 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2240 |
case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
|
sl@0
|
2241 |
eventType=TRawEvent::EButton3Down;
|
sl@0
|
2242 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2243 |
case WM_RBUTTONUP:
|
sl@0
|
2244 |
eventType=TRawEvent::EButton3Up;
|
sl@0
|
2245 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2246 |
case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
|
sl@0
|
2247 |
eventType=TRawEvent::EButton2Down;
|
sl@0
|
2248 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2249 |
case WM_MBUTTONUP:
|
sl@0
|
2250 |
eventType=TRawEvent::EButton2Up;
|
sl@0
|
2251 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2252 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2253 |
if (!WinsGuiPowerHandler->iStandby)
|
sl@0
|
2254 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2255 |
addMouseEvent(eventType, aXpos, aYpos);
|
sl@0
|
2256 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2257 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2258 |
|
sl@0
|
2259 |
LOCAL_C void FrameWndPointer(TUint message,TInt aXpos,TInt aYpos, TInt aScreenNumber, TInt aPointerId = 0)
|
sl@0
|
2260 |
//
|
sl@0
|
2261 |
// Handle a frame wnd pointer event.
|
sl@0
|
2262 |
//
|
sl@0
|
2263 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2264 |
static bool processingScreenOn=FALSE;
|
sl@0
|
2265 |
TEmulCommand command = ENoCommand;
|
sl@0
|
2266 |
TInt commandData = 0;
|
sl@0
|
2267 |
TBool mouseEvent = ETrue;
|
sl@0
|
2268 |
|
sl@0
|
2269 |
TRawEvent::TType eventType=TRawEvent::ENone;
|
sl@0
|
2270 |
|
sl@0
|
2271 |
TViewport& viewport = systemIni->iScreens[aScreenNumber]->iViewport;
|
sl@0
|
2272 |
aXpos += viewport.GetViewportOffsetX(); // make mouse-coords relative to fascia edge even if window is scrolled
|
sl@0
|
2273 |
aYpos += viewport.GetViewportOffsetY();
|
sl@0
|
2274 |
|
sl@0
|
2275 |
switch (message)
|
sl@0
|
2276 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2277 |
case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
|
sl@0
|
2278 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2279 |
TInt newX, newY;
|
sl@0
|
2280 |
systemIni->TranslateMouseCoords(CurrentFlipState[0], aXpos, aYpos, systemIni->iScreens[0]->iXYInputWidth, systemIni->iScreens[0]->iXYInputHeight, newX, newY);
|
sl@0
|
2281 |
|
sl@0
|
2282 |
if (aPointerId == 0)
|
sl@0
|
2283 |
{ // only system pointer changes shape
|
sl@0
|
2284 |
if (systemIni->GetVirtualKey(command, newX, newY) >= 0)
|
sl@0
|
2285 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2286 |
HMODULE hmodule = GetModuleHandleA("winsgui.dll");
|
sl@0
|
2287 |
SetCursor(LoadCursorA((HINSTANCE)hmodule,MAKEINTRESOURCEA(OVERKEY))); //hand cursor
|
sl@0
|
2288 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2289 |
else
|
sl@0
|
2290 |
SetCursor(LoadCursorA(NULL,MAKEINTRESOURCEA(32512))); //ICD_ARROW
|
sl@0
|
2291 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2292 |
|
sl@0
|
2293 |
eventType=TRawEvent::EPointerMove;
|
sl@0
|
2294 |
|
sl@0
|
2295 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2296 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2297 |
case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
|
sl@0
|
2298 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2299 |
SetCapture(TheWin[0]);
|
sl@0
|
2300 |
//check the configuration
|
sl@0
|
2301 |
TInt newX, newY;
|
sl@0
|
2302 |
|
sl@0
|
2303 |
//if the emulator screen is rotated, rotate/flip the current mouse cursor position
|
sl@0
|
2304 |
//so it can be checked to see if it is in a key region.
|
sl@0
|
2305 |
systemIni->TranslateMouseCoords(CurrentFlipState[0], aXpos, aYpos, systemIni->iScreens[0]->iXYInputWidth, systemIni->iScreens[0]->iXYInputHeight, newX, newY);
|
sl@0
|
2306 |
commandData = systemIni->GetVirtualKey(command, newX, newY);
|
sl@0
|
2307 |
|
sl@0
|
2308 |
if (commandData >= 0)
|
sl@0
|
2309 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2310 |
eventType=TRawEvent::EKeyDown;
|
sl@0
|
2311 |
mouseEvent = EFalse;
|
sl@0
|
2312 |
systemIni->SetVirtualKey(ETrue, commandData, command);
|
sl@0
|
2313 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2314 |
else
|
sl@0
|
2315 |
eventType=TRawEvent::EButton1Down;
|
sl@0
|
2316 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2317 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2318 |
case WM_LBUTTONUP:
|
sl@0
|
2319 |
ReleaseCapture();
|
sl@0
|
2320 |
if (processingScreenOn)
|
sl@0
|
2321 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2322 |
// ignore button up - button down was switching things on
|
sl@0
|
2323 |
processingScreenOn=FALSE;
|
sl@0
|
2324 |
return;
|
sl@0
|
2325 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2326 |
if (systemIni->WasVirtualKey(commandData, command))
|
sl@0
|
2327 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2328 |
eventType=TRawEvent::EKeyUp;
|
sl@0
|
2329 |
mouseEvent = EFalse;
|
sl@0
|
2330 |
systemIni->SetVirtualKey(EFalse, EStdKeyNull, ENoCommand);
|
sl@0
|
2331 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2332 |
else
|
sl@0
|
2333 |
eventType=TRawEvent::EButton1Up;
|
sl@0
|
2334 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2335 |
case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
|
sl@0
|
2336 |
eventType=TRawEvent::EButton3Down;
|
sl@0
|
2337 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2338 |
case WM_RBUTTONUP:
|
sl@0
|
2339 |
eventType=TRawEvent::EButton3Up;
|
sl@0
|
2340 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2341 |
case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
|
sl@0
|
2342 |
eventType=TRawEvent::EButton2Down;
|
sl@0
|
2343 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2344 |
case WM_MBUTTONUP:
|
sl@0
|
2345 |
eventType=TRawEvent::EButton2Up;
|
sl@0
|
2346 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2347 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2348 |
if (mouseEvent)
|
sl@0
|
2349 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2350 |
|
sl@0
|
2351 |
if (!WinsGuiPowerHandler->iStandby)
|
sl@0
|
2352 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2353 |
/*
|
sl@0
|
2354 |
mouse events are relative to the child window position
|
sl@0
|
2355 |
and are clipped to the digitzer region in addMouseEvent
|
sl@0
|
2356 |
so all the mouse clicks are passed on here after being translated
|
sl@0
|
2357 |
to the child window coordinate system (under the current rotation)
|
sl@0
|
2358 |
*/
|
sl@0
|
2359 |
TInt newX, newY;
|
sl@0
|
2360 |
switch (CurrentFlipState[0])
|
sl@0
|
2361 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2362 |
case EEmulatorFlipRestore:
|
sl@0
|
2363 |
default:
|
sl@0
|
2364 |
newX = aXpos - systemIni->iScreens[0]->iScreenOffsetX;
|
sl@0
|
2365 |
newY = aYpos - systemIni->iScreens[0]->iScreenOffsetY;
|
sl@0
|
2366 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2367 |
case EEmulatorFlipInvert:
|
sl@0
|
2368 |
newX = aXpos - (systemIni->iScreens[0]->iXYInputWidth - systemIni->iScreens[0]->iScreenWidth - systemIni->iScreens[0]->iScreenOffsetX);
|
sl@0
|
2369 |
newY = aYpos - (systemIni->iScreens[0]->iXYInputHeight - systemIni->iScreens[0]->iScreenHeight - systemIni->iScreens[0]->iScreenOffsetY);
|
sl@0
|
2370 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2371 |
case EEmulatorFlipLeft:
|
sl@0
|
2372 |
newX = aXpos - systemIni->iScreens[0]->iScreenOffsetY;
|
sl@0
|
2373 |
newY = aYpos - (systemIni->iScreens[0]->iXYInputWidth - systemIni->iScreens[0]->iScreenWidth - systemIni->iScreens[0]->iScreenOffsetX);
|
sl@0
|
2374 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2375 |
case EEmulatorFlipRight:
|
sl@0
|
2376 |
newX = aXpos - (systemIni->iScreens[0]->iXYInputHeight - systemIni->iScreens[0]->iScreenHeight - systemIni->iScreens[0]->iScreenOffsetY);
|
sl@0
|
2377 |
newY = aYpos - systemIni->iScreens[0]->iScreenOffsetX;
|
sl@0
|
2378 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2379 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2380 |
addMouseEvent(eventType, newX, newY);
|
sl@0
|
2381 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2382 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2383 |
else if ((((message == WM_LBUTTONDOWN && command == EKey) && !ProcessedByEmulatorKey((TUint8)commandData,0,0,0,0)))
|
sl@0
|
2384 |
|| (message == WM_LBUTTONUP))
|
sl@0
|
2385 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2386 |
switch (command)
|
sl@0
|
2387 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2388 |
case EKey:
|
sl@0
|
2389 |
if (!WinsGuiPowerHandler->iStandby)
|
sl@0
|
2390 |
addKeyEvent(eventType, (TUint8)commandData);
|
sl@0
|
2391 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2392 |
|
sl@0
|
2393 |
case ENextConfig:
|
sl@0
|
2394 |
NextConfiguration();
|
sl@0
|
2395 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2396 |
|
sl@0
|
2397 |
case ESelectConfig:
|
sl@0
|
2398 |
SwitchConfiguration(commandData);
|
sl@0
|
2399 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2400 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2401 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2402 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2403 |
|
sl@0
|
2404 |
LOCAL_C TInt ScreenFromHWND(HWND aHwnd,HWND* pWin)
|
sl@0
|
2405 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2406 |
TInt screens=systemIni->iScreens.Count();
|
sl@0
|
2407 |
TInt r=-1;
|
sl@0
|
2408 |
for(TInt i=0;i<screens;i++)
|
sl@0
|
2409 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2410 |
if(pWin[i]==aHwnd)
|
sl@0
|
2411 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2412 |
r=i;
|
sl@0
|
2413 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2414 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2415 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2416 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
2417 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2418 |
void MultiTouchWndPointer(TUint message,TInt aXpos,TInt aYpos, TInt aZ, TInt aPointerId)
|
sl@0
|
2419 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2420 |
WINDOWINFO info;
|
sl@0
|
2421 |
info.cbSize = sizeof(WINDOWINFO);
|
sl@0
|
2422 |
if (GetWindowInfo(TheWin[0], &info))
|
sl@0
|
2423 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2424 |
POINT pt = {aXpos,aYpos};
|
sl@0
|
2425 |
if (PtInRect(&info.rcWindow,pt))
|
sl@0
|
2426 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2427 |
RECT client;
|
sl@0
|
2428 |
if (GetWindowRect(TheChildWin[0], &client) && PtInRect(&client,pt)) // within the window
|
sl@0
|
2429 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2430 |
MultiChildWndPointer(message, aXpos-client.left, aYpos-client.top, aZ, aPointerId);
|
sl@0
|
2431 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2432 |
else
|
sl@0
|
2433 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2434 |
// Disable the multitouch if the cursor is outside the application window
|
sl@0
|
2435 |
if (DMultiTouch::iMultiTouchTempEnabled) // within the window
|
sl@0
|
2436 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2437 |
DMultiTouch::iMultiTouchTempEnabled = FALSE;
|
sl@0
|
2438 |
if(TheMultiTouch->UnRegister())
|
sl@0
|
2439 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2440 |
SetWindowPos(hwndStatus,0,0,0,0,0,SWP_HIDEWINDOW);
|
sl@0
|
2441 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2442 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2443 |
FrameWndPointer(message, aXpos-info.rcClient.left, aYpos-info.rcClient.top, 0, aPointerId);
|
sl@0
|
2444 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2445 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2446 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2447 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2448 |
|
sl@0
|
2449 |
LOCAL_C DScreenProperties* ScreenPropsFromHWND(HWND aHwnd, HWND* pWin)
|
sl@0
|
2450 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2451 |
TInt screenNumber = ScreenFromHWND(aHwnd, pWin);
|
sl@0
|
2452 |
|
sl@0
|
2453 |
if(screenNumber >=0)
|
sl@0
|
2454 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2455 |
return systemIni->iScreens[screenNumber];
|
sl@0
|
2456 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2457 |
return NULL;
|
sl@0
|
2458 |
|
sl@0
|
2459 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2460 |
|
sl@0
|
2461 |
|
sl@0
|
2462 |
TInt APIENTRY childWinProc(HWND hWnd,TUint message,TUint wParam,TUint lParam)
|
sl@0
|
2463 |
//
|
sl@0
|
2464 |
// The child window function.
|
sl@0
|
2465 |
//
|
sl@0
|
2466 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2467 |
TInt screenNumber = 0;
|
sl@0
|
2468 |
TRawEvent v;
|
sl@0
|
2469 |
switch (message)
|
sl@0
|
2470 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2471 |
case WM_FLIP_MESSAGE: // pass the flip message onto the parent window
|
sl@0
|
2472 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2473 |
screenNumber =ScreenFromHWND(hWnd,TheChildWin);
|
sl@0
|
2474 |
if(TUint(screenNumber) < TUint(systemIni->iScreens.Count()))
|
sl@0
|
2475 |
PostMessageA(TheWin[screenNumber],WM_FLIP_MESSAGE,wParam,NULL);
|
sl@0
|
2476 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2477 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2478 |
case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
|
sl@0
|
2479 |
case WM_LBUTTONUP:
|
sl@0
|
2480 |
case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
|
sl@0
|
2481 |
case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
|
sl@0
|
2482 |
case WM_RBUTTONUP:
|
sl@0
|
2483 |
case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
|
sl@0
|
2484 |
case WM_MBUTTONUP:
|
sl@0
|
2485 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2486 |
if (DMultiTouch::iMultiTouchTempEnabled)
|
sl@0
|
2487 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2488 |
DMultiTouch::iMultiTouchTempEnabled = FALSE;
|
sl@0
|
2489 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2490 |
screenNumber=ScreenFromHWND(hWnd,TheChildWin);
|
sl@0
|
2491 |
if(screenNumber==0)
|
sl@0
|
2492 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2493 |
ChildWndPointer(message,(TInt16)(lParam&0xFFFF),(TInt16)((lParam>>16)&0xFFFF));
|
sl@0
|
2494 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2495 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2496 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2497 |
case WM_PAINT:
|
sl@0
|
2498 |
if (!PaintWindowFromBuffer(hWnd))
|
sl@0
|
2499 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2500 |
// Original behaviour
|
sl@0
|
2501 |
ValidateRect(hWnd,NULL);
|
sl@0
|
2502 |
v.Set(TRawEvent::ERedraw);
|
sl@0
|
2503 |
TheEventQ.Add(v);
|
sl@0
|
2504 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2505 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2506 |
case WM_ACTIVATE:
|
sl@0
|
2507 |
case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
|
sl@0
|
2508 |
case WM_KEYDOWN:
|
sl@0
|
2509 |
case WM_SYSKEYUP:
|
sl@0
|
2510 |
case WM_KEYUP:
|
sl@0
|
2511 |
Fault(EGuiChildWinProc);
|
sl@0
|
2512 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2513 |
case WM_DESTROY:
|
sl@0
|
2514 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2515 |
|
sl@0
|
2516 |
case WM_CHAR:
|
sl@0
|
2517 |
case WM_SYSCHAR:
|
sl@0
|
2518 |
case WM_DEADCHAR:
|
sl@0
|
2519 |
case WM_SYSDEADCHAR:
|
sl@0
|
2520 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2521 |
|
sl@0
|
2522 |
case WMU_SET_DISPLAY_BUFFER:
|
sl@0
|
2523 |
screenNumber = ScreenFromHWND(hWnd, TheChildWin);
|
sl@0
|
2524 |
if (TUint(screenNumber) < TUint(systemIni->iScreens.Count()))
|
sl@0
|
2525 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2526 |
masterIni->iBufferSet[screenNumber].iDisplayBuffer = (LPVOID)lParam;
|
sl@0
|
2527 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2528 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2529 |
case WMU_SET_DISPLAY_SIZE:
|
sl@0
|
2530 |
screenNumber = ScreenFromHWND(hWnd, TheChildWin);
|
sl@0
|
2531 |
masterIni->SetDisplaySize(screenNumber, wParam, lParam);
|
sl@0
|
2532 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2533 |
|
sl@0
|
2534 |
case WMU_SET_BUFFER_FORMAT:
|
sl@0
|
2535 |
screenNumber = ScreenFromHWND(hWnd, TheChildWin);
|
sl@0
|
2536 |
masterIni->SetBufferFormat(screenNumber, wParam, (RDisplayChannel::TPixelFormat) lParam);
|
sl@0
|
2537 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2538 |
|
sl@0
|
2539 |
default:
|
sl@0
|
2540 |
return(DefWindowProcA(hWnd,message,wParam,lParam));
|
sl@0
|
2541 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2542 |
return(FALSE);
|
sl@0
|
2543 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2544 |
|
sl@0
|
2545 |
|
sl@0
|
2546 |
LOCAL_C TBool PaintWindowFromBuffer(HWND hWnd)
|
sl@0
|
2547 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2548 |
TInt screenNumber = ScreenFromHWND(hWnd,TheChildWin);
|
sl@0
|
2549 |
if (TUint(screenNumber) >= TUint(masterIni->iBufferSet.Count()))
|
sl@0
|
2550 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2551 |
return EFalse;
|
sl@0
|
2552 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2553 |
|
sl@0
|
2554 |
LPVOID displayBuffer = masterIni->iBufferSet[screenNumber].iDisplayBuffer;
|
sl@0
|
2555 |
if (!displayBuffer)
|
sl@0
|
2556 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2557 |
return EFalse;
|
sl@0
|
2558 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2559 |
|
sl@0
|
2560 |
TInt frameOffset = masterIni->iBufferSet[screenNumber].iScreenBuffer.iDisplayBufferOffset;
|
sl@0
|
2561 |
displayBuffer=LPVOID(frameOffset+(char*)displayBuffer);
|
sl@0
|
2562 |
|
sl@0
|
2563 |
PAINTSTRUCT ps;
|
sl@0
|
2564 |
BeginPaint(hWnd, &ps);
|
sl@0
|
2565 |
|
sl@0
|
2566 |
// Paint directly from the buffer to the window
|
sl@0
|
2567 |
LPBITMAPINFO info = (LPBITMAPINFO)&masterIni->iBufferSet[screenNumber].iInfo;
|
sl@0
|
2568 |
WORD width = (WORD)info->bmiHeader.biWidth;
|
sl@0
|
2569 |
WORD height = (WORD)-info->bmiHeader.biHeight; // stored -ve in info
|
sl@0
|
2570 |
SetDIBitsToDevice(ps.hdc,
|
sl@0
|
2571 |
0, 0, // Dst X, Y
|
sl@0
|
2572 |
width, height, // Src W, H
|
sl@0
|
2573 |
0, 0, // Src X, Y
|
sl@0
|
2574 |
0, // Src offset to first line
|
sl@0
|
2575 |
height, // Src lines available
|
sl@0
|
2576 |
displayBuffer, // Src pointer to pixels
|
sl@0
|
2577 |
info, // Src info
|
sl@0
|
2578 |
DIB_RGB_COLORS);
|
sl@0
|
2579 |
|
sl@0
|
2580 |
EndPaint(hWnd, &ps);
|
sl@0
|
2581 |
|
sl@0
|
2582 |
return TRUE;
|
sl@0
|
2583 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2584 |
|
sl@0
|
2585 |
|
sl@0
|
2586 |
LOCAL_C void CalcTextPos(TInt aScreen, TInt& aX, TInt& aY)
|
sl@0
|
2587 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2588 |
switch (CurrentFlipState[aScreen])
|
sl@0
|
2589 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2590 |
case EEmulatorFlipInvert:
|
sl@0
|
2591 |
aX = systemIni->iScreens[aScreen]->iXYInputWidth-(systemIni->iScreens[aScreen]->iScreenOffsetX+systemIni->iScreens[aScreen]->iScreenWidth);
|
sl@0
|
2592 |
aY = systemIni->iScreens[aScreen]->iXYInputHeight-(systemIni->iScreens[aScreen]->iScreenOffsetY+systemIni->iScreens[aScreen]->iScreenHeight);
|
sl@0
|
2593 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2594 |
case EEmulatorFlipLeft:
|
sl@0
|
2595 |
aX = systemIni->iScreens[aScreen]->iScreenOffsetY;
|
sl@0
|
2596 |
aY = systemIni->iScreens[aScreen]->iXYInputWidth-(systemIni->iScreens[aScreen]->iScreenOffsetX+systemIni->iScreens[aScreen]->iScreenWidth);
|
sl@0
|
2597 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2598 |
case EEmulatorFlipRight:
|
sl@0
|
2599 |
aX = systemIni->iScreens[aScreen]->iXYInputHeight-(systemIni->iScreens[aScreen]->iScreenOffsetY+systemIni->iScreens[aScreen]->iScreenHeight);
|
sl@0
|
2600 |
aY = systemIni->iScreens[aScreen]->iScreenOffsetX;
|
sl@0
|
2601 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2602 |
case EEmulatorFlipRestore:
|
sl@0
|
2603 |
default:
|
sl@0
|
2604 |
aX = systemIni->iScreens[aScreen]->iScreenOffsetX;
|
sl@0
|
2605 |
aY = systemIni->iScreens[aScreen]->iScreenOffsetY;
|
sl@0
|
2606 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2607 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2608 |
//subtract viewport offset here
|
sl@0
|
2609 |
aX -= systemIni->iScreens[aScreen]->iViewport.GetViewportOffsetX();
|
sl@0
|
2610 |
aY -= systemIni->iScreens[aScreen]->iViewport.GetViewportOffsetY();
|
sl@0
|
2611 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2612 |
|
sl@0
|
2613 |
TInt APIENTRY ctrlwinProc(HWND hWnd,TUint message,TUint wParam,TUint lParam)
|
sl@0
|
2614 |
//
|
sl@0
|
2615 |
// The control window function
|
sl@0
|
2616 |
//
|
sl@0
|
2617 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2618 |
switch(message)
|
sl@0
|
2619 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2620 |
case WM_SYSCOMMAND:
|
sl@0
|
2621 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2622 |
switch(wParam)
|
sl@0
|
2623 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2624 |
case 1:
|
sl@0
|
2625 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2626 |
NextConfiguration();
|
sl@0
|
2627 |
return 0;
|
sl@0
|
2628 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2629 |
case SC_MINIMIZE:
|
sl@0
|
2630 |
case SC_RESTORE:
|
sl@0
|
2631 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2632 |
if (wParam == SC_RESTORE)
|
sl@0
|
2633 |
Active();
|
sl@0
|
2634 |
for(TInt ix=0;ix<systemIni->iScreens.Count();ix++)
|
sl@0
|
2635 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2636 |
SendMessage(TheWin[ix],message,wParam,lParam);
|
sl@0
|
2637 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2638 |
if (wParam == SC_MINIMIZE)
|
sl@0
|
2639 |
Inactive();
|
sl@0
|
2640 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2641 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2642 |
return(DefWindowProcA(hWnd,message,wParam,lParam));
|
sl@0
|
2643 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2644 |
case WM_CLOSE: // tell all emulator screen windows to close
|
sl@0
|
2645 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2646 |
for(TInt i=0;i<systemIni->iScreens.Count();i++)
|
sl@0
|
2647 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2648 |
DestroyWindow(TheWin[i]);
|
sl@0
|
2649 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2650 |
DestroyWindow(hWnd);
|
sl@0
|
2651 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2652 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2653 |
case WM_DESTROY:
|
sl@0
|
2654 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2655 |
// save the main window position information
|
sl@0
|
2656 |
HANDLE hSysIni;
|
sl@0
|
2657 |
hSysIni = CreateFileA(systemIni->iSysIniFileName, GENERIC_WRITE, 0, 0, CREATE_ALWAYS, 0, 0);
|
sl@0
|
2658 |
DScreenProperties* screenProps;
|
sl@0
|
2659 |
if (hSysIni != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
|
sl@0
|
2660 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2661 |
DWORD numWritten;
|
sl@0
|
2662 |
//write an identifier into file so that program can avoid loading old version
|
sl@0
|
2663 |
WriteFile(hSysIni, &KDatFileVersion, sizeof(TInt), &numWritten, 0);
|
sl@0
|
2664 |
|
sl@0
|
2665 |
//record current configuration at start of file.
|
sl@0
|
2666 |
WriteFile(hSysIni, &CurrentConfiguration, sizeof(TInt), &numWritten, 0);
|
sl@0
|
2667 |
|
sl@0
|
2668 |
//Write out the state for each window.
|
sl@0
|
2669 |
for(TInt i=0;i<systemIni->iScreens.Count();i++)
|
sl@0
|
2670 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2671 |
screenProps= systemIni->iScreens[i];
|
sl@0
|
2672 |
|
sl@0
|
2673 |
TWindowState winState= screenProps->GetWindowState();
|
sl@0
|
2674 |
WriteFile(hSysIni, &winState, sizeof(TWindowState), &numWritten, 0);
|
sl@0
|
2675 |
|
sl@0
|
2676 |
|
sl@0
|
2677 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2678 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2679 |
CloseHandle(hSysIni);
|
sl@0
|
2680 |
|
sl@0
|
2681 |
PostQuitMessage(KErrNone);
|
sl@0
|
2682 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2683 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2684 |
case WM_INPUT:
|
sl@0
|
2685 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2686 |
if (!DMultiTouch::iMultiTouchTempEnabled)
|
sl@0
|
2687 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2688 |
for(TInt ix=0;ix<systemIni->iScreens.Count();ix++)
|
sl@0
|
2689 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2690 |
DMultiTouch::iMultiTouchTempEnabled = TRUE;
|
sl@0
|
2691 |
|
sl@0
|
2692 |
SendMessage(TheWin[ix],message,wParam,lParam);
|
sl@0
|
2693 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2694 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2695 |
else if (systemIni->MultiTouchEnabled() && DMultiTouch::iMultiTouchSupported && systemIni->GCEEnabled())
|
sl@0
|
2696 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2697 |
TheMultiTouch->OnWmInput(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam,TheChildWin[0]);
|
sl@0
|
2698 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2699 |
else
|
sl@0
|
2700 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2701 |
Fault(EGuiInvalidMultiTouch);
|
sl@0
|
2702 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2703 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2704 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2705 |
default:
|
sl@0
|
2706 |
return(DefWindowProcA(hWnd,message,wParam,lParam));
|
sl@0
|
2707 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2708 |
return(FALSE);
|
sl@0
|
2709 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2710 |
|
sl@0
|
2711 |
TInt APIENTRY winProc(HWND hWnd,TUint message,TUint wParam,TUint lParam)
|
sl@0
|
2712 |
//
|
sl@0
|
2713 |
// The border window function.
|
sl@0
|
2714 |
//
|
sl@0
|
2715 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2716 |
|
sl@0
|
2717 |
TRawEvent v;
|
sl@0
|
2718 |
|
sl@0
|
2719 |
switch (message)
|
sl@0
|
2720 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2721 |
case WM_GETMINMAXINFO:
|
sl@0
|
2722 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2723 |
DScreenProperties* screenProps = ScreenPropsFromHWND(hWnd, TheWin);
|
sl@0
|
2724 |
if(screenProps == NULL)
|
sl@0
|
2725 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2726 |
return DefWindowProcA(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam);
|
sl@0
|
2727 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2728 |
|
sl@0
|
2729 |
MINMAXINFO* minMaxInfo = reinterpret_cast<MINMAXINFO*>(lParam);
|
sl@0
|
2730 |
minMaxInfo->ptMaxTrackSize.x = screenProps->iViewport.GetMaxWindowWidth();
|
sl@0
|
2731 |
minMaxInfo->ptMaxTrackSize.y = screenProps->iViewport.GetMaxWindowHeight();
|
sl@0
|
2732 |
|
sl@0
|
2733 |
minMaxInfo->ptMaxSize.x = minMaxInfo->ptMaxTrackSize.x;
|
sl@0
|
2734 |
minMaxInfo->ptMaxSize.y = minMaxInfo->ptMaxTrackSize.y;
|
sl@0
|
2735 |
DefWindowProcA(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam);
|
sl@0
|
2736 |
|
sl@0
|
2737 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2738 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2739 |
|
sl@0
|
2740 |
|
sl@0
|
2741 |
|
sl@0
|
2742 |
case WM_SIZE:
|
sl@0
|
2743 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2744 |
DScreenProperties* screenProps = ScreenPropsFromHWND(hWnd, TheWin);
|
sl@0
|
2745 |
if(screenProps == NULL)
|
sl@0
|
2746 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2747 |
return DefWindowProcA(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam);
|
sl@0
|
2748 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2749 |
TViewport& viewport = screenProps->iViewport;
|
sl@0
|
2750 |
//update size of viewport
|
sl@0
|
2751 |
viewport.SetViewportWidth(LOWORD(lParam));
|
sl@0
|
2752 |
viewport.SetViewportHeight(HIWORD(lParam));
|
sl@0
|
2753 |
|
sl@0
|
2754 |
|
sl@0
|
2755 |
//If resize goes beyond boundary of emulator then scroll to compensate
|
sl@0
|
2756 |
TInt ox = viewport.GetViewportOffsetX();
|
sl@0
|
2757 |
TInt xs = ox + LOWORD(lParam) - viewport.GetMaxWidth();
|
sl@0
|
2758 |
if (xs>0)
|
sl@0
|
2759 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2760 |
viewport.ScrollToX(ox-xs, hWnd);
|
sl@0
|
2761 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2762 |
|
sl@0
|
2763 |
TInt oy = viewport.GetViewportOffsetY();
|
sl@0
|
2764 |
TInt ys = oy + HIWORD(lParam) - viewport.GetMaxHeight();
|
sl@0
|
2765 |
if (ys>0)
|
sl@0
|
2766 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2767 |
viewport.ScrollToY(oy-ys, hWnd);
|
sl@0
|
2768 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2769 |
|
sl@0
|
2770 |
//Adjust ranges of scroll bars
|
sl@0
|
2771 |
viewport.UpdateScrollBarH(hWnd);
|
sl@0
|
2772 |
viewport.UpdateScrollBarV(hWnd);
|
sl@0
|
2773 |
|
sl@0
|
2774 |
|
sl@0
|
2775 |
|
sl@0
|
2776 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2777 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2778 |
case WM_HSCROLL:
|
sl@0
|
2779 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2780 |
DScreenProperties* screenProps = ScreenPropsFromHWND(hWnd, TheWin);
|
sl@0
|
2781 |
if(screenProps == NULL)
|
sl@0
|
2782 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2783 |
return DefWindowProcA(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam);
|
sl@0
|
2784 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2785 |
TViewport& viewport = screenProps->iViewport;
|
sl@0
|
2786 |
|
sl@0
|
2787 |
switch (LOWORD(wParam))
|
sl@0
|
2788 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2789 |
case SB_THUMBTRACK:
|
sl@0
|
2790 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2791 |
viewport.ScrollToX(HIWORD(wParam),hWnd);
|
sl@0
|
2792 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2793 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2794 |
case SB_PAGELEFT:
|
sl@0
|
2795 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2796 |
viewport.ScrollToX(viewport.GetViewportOffsetX() - viewport.GetViewportWidth(), hWnd );
|
sl@0
|
2797 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2798 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2799 |
case SB_PAGERIGHT:
|
sl@0
|
2800 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2801 |
viewport.ScrollToX(viewport.GetViewportOffsetX() + viewport.GetViewportWidth() , hWnd);
|
sl@0
|
2802 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2803 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2804 |
case SB_LINEUP:
|
sl@0
|
2805 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2806 |
viewport.ScrollToX(viewport.GetViewportOffsetX() - 1, hWnd);
|
sl@0
|
2807 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2808 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2809 |
case SB_LINEDOWN:
|
sl@0
|
2810 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2811 |
viewport.ScrollToX(viewport.GetViewportOffsetX() + 1, hWnd);
|
sl@0
|
2812 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2813 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2814 |
|
sl@0
|
2815 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2816 |
|
sl@0
|
2817 |
|
sl@0
|
2818 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2819 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2820 |
|
sl@0
|
2821 |
case WM_VSCROLL:
|
sl@0
|
2822 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2823 |
DScreenProperties* screenProps = ScreenPropsFromHWND(hWnd, TheWin);
|
sl@0
|
2824 |
if(screenProps == NULL)
|
sl@0
|
2825 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2826 |
return DefWindowProcA(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam);
|
sl@0
|
2827 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2828 |
TViewport& viewport = screenProps->iViewport;
|
sl@0
|
2829 |
|
sl@0
|
2830 |
|
sl@0
|
2831 |
switch (LOWORD(wParam))
|
sl@0
|
2832 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2833 |
case SB_THUMBTRACK:
|
sl@0
|
2834 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2835 |
viewport.ScrollToY(HIWORD(wParam), hWnd);
|
sl@0
|
2836 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2837 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2838 |
case SB_PAGELEFT:
|
sl@0
|
2839 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2840 |
viewport.ScrollToY(viewport.GetViewportOffsetY() - viewport.GetViewportHeight() , hWnd);
|
sl@0
|
2841 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2842 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2843 |
case SB_PAGERIGHT:
|
sl@0
|
2844 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2845 |
viewport.ScrollToY(viewport.GetViewportOffsetY() + viewport.GetViewportHeight(), hWnd );
|
sl@0
|
2846 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2847 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2848 |
case SB_LINEUP:
|
sl@0
|
2849 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2850 |
viewport.ScrollToY(viewport.GetViewportOffsetY() - 1, hWnd);
|
sl@0
|
2851 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2852 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2853 |
case SB_LINEDOWN:
|
sl@0
|
2854 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2855 |
viewport.ScrollToY(viewport.GetViewportOffsetY() + 1, hWnd);
|
sl@0
|
2856 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2857 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2858 |
|
sl@0
|
2859 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2860 |
|
sl@0
|
2861 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2862 |
|
sl@0
|
2863 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2864 |
|
sl@0
|
2865 |
|
sl@0
|
2866 |
case WM_FLIP_MESSAGE:
|
sl@0
|
2867 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2868 |
DScreenProperties* screenProps = ScreenPropsFromHWND(hWnd, TheWin);
|
sl@0
|
2869 |
if(screenProps == NULL)
|
sl@0
|
2870 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2871 |
return DefWindowProcA(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam);
|
sl@0
|
2872 |
|
sl@0
|
2873 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2874 |
|
sl@0
|
2875 |
TViewport& viewport = screenProps->iViewport;
|
sl@0
|
2876 |
RECT windowRect={0,0,0,0};
|
sl@0
|
2877 |
GetClientRect(hWnd, &windowRect);
|
sl@0
|
2878 |
|
sl@0
|
2879 |
TInt screenNumber=ScreenFromHWND(hWnd,TheWin);
|
sl@0
|
2880 |
if(TUint(screenNumber) >= TUint(systemIni->iScreens.Count()))
|
sl@0
|
2881 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2882 |
PBITMAPV4HEADER info = &masterIni->iBufferSet[screenNumber].iInfo;
|
sl@0
|
2883 |
CurrentFlipState[screenNumber]=(TEmulatorFlip)wParam;
|
sl@0
|
2884 |
TBufferSet* bufferSet = &masterIni->iBufferSet[screenNumber];
|
sl@0
|
2885 |
switch (CurrentFlipState[screenNumber])
|
sl@0
|
2886 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2887 |
case EEmulatorFlipRestore:
|
sl@0
|
2888 |
case EEmulatorFlipInvert:
|
sl@0
|
2889 |
windowRect.right=systemIni->iScreens[screenNumber]->iXYInputWidth;
|
sl@0
|
2890 |
windowRect.bottom=systemIni->iScreens[screenNumber]->iXYInputHeight;
|
sl@0
|
2891 |
info->bV4Width = bufferSet->iBufferFormat.iSize.iWidth;
|
sl@0
|
2892 |
info->bV4Height = -bufferSet->iBufferFormat.iSize.iHeight;
|
sl@0
|
2893 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2894 |
case EEmulatorFlipLeft:
|
sl@0
|
2895 |
case EEmulatorFlipRight:
|
sl@0
|
2896 |
windowRect.right=systemIni->iScreens[screenNumber]->iXYInputHeight;
|
sl@0
|
2897 |
windowRect.bottom=systemIni->iScreens[screenNumber]->iXYInputWidth;
|
sl@0
|
2898 |
info->bV4Width = bufferSet->iBufferFormat.iSize.iHeight;
|
sl@0
|
2899 |
info->bV4Height = -bufferSet->iBufferFormat.iSize.iWidth;
|
sl@0
|
2900 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2901 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2902 |
AdjustWindowRect(&windowRect,KWinStyle,FALSE);
|
sl@0
|
2903 |
|
sl@0
|
2904 |
|
sl@0
|
2905 |
viewport.ScrollToX(0, hWnd);
|
sl@0
|
2906 |
viewport.ScrollToY(0, hWnd);
|
sl@0
|
2907 |
|
sl@0
|
2908 |
|
sl@0
|
2909 |
screenProps->iScreenRotation = (TEmulatorFlip)wParam;
|
sl@0
|
2910 |
|
sl@0
|
2911 |
|
sl@0
|
2912 |
RECT currentWindowRect;
|
sl@0
|
2913 |
GetWindowRect(hWnd,¤tWindowRect);
|
sl@0
|
2914 |
InvalidateRect(hWnd,NULL,FALSE);
|
sl@0
|
2915 |
MoveWindow(
|
sl@0
|
2916 |
TheWin[screenNumber],
|
sl@0
|
2917 |
max(currentWindowRect.left,0), // so the window doesn't disappear off the screen
|
sl@0
|
2918 |
max(currentWindowRect.top,0),
|
sl@0
|
2919 |
windowRect.right-windowRect.left,
|
sl@0
|
2920 |
windowRect.bottom-windowRect.top,
|
sl@0
|
2921 |
TRUE
|
sl@0
|
2922 |
);
|
sl@0
|
2923 |
// move the child window
|
sl@0
|
2924 |
screenProps->iViewport.UpdateChildPos(hWnd);
|
sl@0
|
2925 |
|
sl@0
|
2926 |
viewport.UpdateScrollBarH(hWnd);
|
sl@0
|
2927 |
viewport.UpdateScrollBarV(hWnd);
|
sl@0
|
2928 |
|
sl@0
|
2929 |
InvalidateRect(hWnd,NULL,TRUE);
|
sl@0
|
2930 |
UpdateWindow(hWnd);
|
sl@0
|
2931 |
|
sl@0
|
2932 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2933 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2934 |
case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
|
sl@0
|
2935 |
case WM_KEYDOWN:
|
sl@0
|
2936 |
if (!(HIWORD(lParam)&KF_REPEAT))
|
sl@0
|
2937 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2938 |
|
sl@0
|
2939 |
|
sl@0
|
2940 |
TUint scanCode=DWinsKeyboard::ScanCodeToStandardKey(HIWORD(lParam));
|
sl@0
|
2941 |
TUint newScanCode = systemIni->iKeyboard.ScanCodeToRemappedKey(HIWORD(lParam));
|
sl@0
|
2942 |
MSG msg={hWnd,message,wParam,lParam,GetMessageTime(),GetMessagePos()};
|
sl@0
|
2943 |
TranslateMessage(&msg);
|
sl@0
|
2944 |
TUint charCode=0;
|
sl@0
|
2945 |
// look in the message queue to get character associated with keypress
|
sl@0
|
2946 |
// so long as the control, shift and alt keys aren't depressed
|
sl@0
|
2947 |
if (!(HIBYTE(GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL)) && HIBYTE(GetKeyState(VK_MENU)) && HIBYTE(GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT))))
|
sl@0
|
2948 |
if (PeekMessageA(&msg,hWnd,WM_CHAR,WM_CHAR,PM_NOREMOVE) &&
|
sl@0
|
2949 |
scanCode == newScanCode) //no remapping
|
sl@0
|
2950 |
charCode=msg.wParam;
|
sl@0
|
2951 |
// Pass the character as the HIWORD of the Epoc scan code
|
sl@0
|
2952 |
|
sl@0
|
2953 |
scanCode = newScanCode;
|
sl@0
|
2954 |
v.Set(TRawEvent::EKeyDown,(charCode<<16)|scanCode);
|
sl@0
|
2955 |
if (!ProcessedByEmulatorKey(scanCode,hWnd,message,wParam,lParam))
|
sl@0
|
2956 |
TheEventQ.Add(v);
|
sl@0
|
2957 |
|
sl@0
|
2958 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2959 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2960 |
case WM_TIMER:
|
sl@0
|
2961 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2962 |
case WM_EMUL_POWER_ON:
|
sl@0
|
2963 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2964 |
TInt screenNumber=ScreenFromHWND(hWnd,TheWin);
|
sl@0
|
2965 |
if(TUint(screenNumber) >= TUint(systemIni->iScreens.Count()))
|
sl@0
|
2966 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2967 |
// HWND win = systemIni->iSecureDisplay ? TheSecureChildWin : TheChildWin;
|
sl@0
|
2968 |
HWND win = TheChildWin[screenNumber];
|
sl@0
|
2969 |
if (wParam==TRUE)
|
sl@0
|
2970 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2971 |
ShowWindow(win, SW_HIDE);
|
sl@0
|
2972 |
ShowWindow(win, SW_SHOWNORMAL);
|
sl@0
|
2973 |
if (SavedFlipMessage)
|
sl@0
|
2974 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2975 |
addKeyEvent(TRawEvent::EKeyDown, SavedFlipMessage);
|
sl@0
|
2976 |
addKeyEvent(TRawEvent::EKeyUp, SavedFlipMessage);
|
sl@0
|
2977 |
SavedFlipMessage = 0;
|
sl@0
|
2978 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2979 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2980 |
else
|
sl@0
|
2981 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2982 |
ShowWindow(win, SW_SHOWNORMAL);
|
sl@0
|
2983 |
ShowWindow(win, SW_HIDE);
|
sl@0
|
2984 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2985 |
}
|
sl@0
|
2986 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
2987 |
case WM_SYSKEYUP:
|
sl@0
|
2988 |
case WM_KEYUP:
|
sl@0
|
2989 |
{
|
sl@0
|
2990 |
//get the key code, this will pick up if it has been remapped or not.
|
sl@0
|
2991 |
TUint scanCode = systemIni->iKeyboard.ScanCodeToRemappedKey(HIWORD(lParam));
|
sl@0
|
2992 |
/*
|
sl@0
|
2993 |
* We could do this to support generation of special characters using Alt+KeyPadNum
|
sl@0
|
2994 |
* combinations, but we would need to find a way to suppress the generation of
|
sl@0
|
2995 |
* home/end scancodes etc., so leave it for the moment.
|
sl@0
|
2996 |
MSG msg={hWnd,message,wParam,lParam,GetMessageTime(),GetMessagePos()};
|
sl@0
|
2997 |
TranslateMessage(&msg);
|
sl@0
|
2998 |
TUint charCode=0;
|
sl@0
|
2999 |
// look in the message queue to get character associated with keypress
|
sl@0
|
3000 |
if (PeekMessageU()(&msg,hWnd,WM_CHAR,WM_CHAR,PM_NOREMOVE))
|
sl@0
|
3001 |
charCode=msg.wParam;
|
sl@0
|
3002 |
// Pass the character as the HIWORD of the Epoc scan code
|
sl@0
|
3003 |
v.Set(TRawEvent::EKeyUp,(charCode<<16)|scanCode);
|
sl@0
|
3004 |
*/
|
sl@0
|
3005 |
v.Set(TRawEvent::EKeyUp,scanCode);
|
sl@0
|
3006 |
TheEventQ.Add(v);
|
sl@0
|
3007 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3008 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3009 |
case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
|
sl@0
|
3010 |
case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
|
sl@0
|
3011 |
case WM_LBUTTONUP:
|
sl@0
|
3012 |
case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
|
sl@0
|
3013 |
case WM_RBUTTONUP:
|
sl@0
|
3014 |
case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
|
sl@0
|
3015 |
case WM_MBUTTONUP:
|
sl@0
|
3016 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3017 |
//only handle mouse clicks on screen 0
|
sl@0
|
3018 |
TInt xpos=((TInt16)(lParam&0xffff));
|
sl@0
|
3019 |
TInt ypos = (TInt16)((lParam>>16)&0xFFFF);
|
sl@0
|
3020 |
if (DMultiTouch::iMultiTouchTempEnabled)
|
sl@0
|
3021 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3022 |
MultiChildWndPointer(message,xpos,ypos,0,0);
|
sl@0
|
3023 |
DMultiTouch::iMultiTouchTempEnabled = FALSE;
|
sl@0
|
3024 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3025 |
else
|
sl@0
|
3026 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3027 |
TInt screenNumber=ScreenFromHWND(hWnd,TheWin);
|
sl@0
|
3028 |
if(screenNumber!=0)
|
sl@0
|
3029 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3030 |
FrameWndPointer(message,xpos,ypos,screenNumber);
|
sl@0
|
3031 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3032 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3033 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3034 |
case WM_PAINT:
|
sl@0
|
3035 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3036 |
DScreenProperties* screenProps = ScreenPropsFromHWND(hWnd, TheWin);
|
sl@0
|
3037 |
if(screenProps == NULL)
|
sl@0
|
3038 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3039 |
return DefWindowProcA(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam);
|
sl@0
|
3040 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3041 |
TViewport& viewport = screenProps->iViewport;
|
sl@0
|
3042 |
TInt screenNumber=ScreenFromHWND(hWnd,TheWin);
|
sl@0
|
3043 |
|
sl@0
|
3044 |
PAINTSTRUCT p;
|
sl@0
|
3045 |
|
sl@0
|
3046 |
BeginPaint(hWnd,&p);
|
sl@0
|
3047 |
HDC hdcBits;
|
sl@0
|
3048 |
BITMAP bm;
|
sl@0
|
3049 |
hdcBits=CreateCompatibleDC(p.hdc);
|
sl@0
|
3050 |
GetObjectA(TheScreenBitmap[screenNumber],sizeof(BITMAP),&bm);
|
sl@0
|
3051 |
SelectObject(hdcBits,TheScreenBitmap[screenNumber]);
|
sl@0
|
3052 |
|
sl@0
|
3053 |
RECT windowRect;
|
sl@0
|
3054 |
GetClientRect(TheWin[screenNumber],&windowRect);
|
sl@0
|
3055 |
|
sl@0
|
3056 |
viewport.SetViewportHeight(windowRect.bottom);
|
sl@0
|
3057 |
viewport.SetViewportWidth(windowRect.right);
|
sl@0
|
3058 |
|
sl@0
|
3059 |
|
sl@0
|
3060 |
switch (CurrentFlipState[screenNumber])
|
sl@0
|
3061 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3062 |
case EEmulatorFlipRestore:
|
sl@0
|
3063 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3064 |
BitBlt(p.hdc,0,0,windowRect.right,windowRect.bottom,hdcBits,
|
sl@0
|
3065 |
viewport.GetViewportOffsetX(),viewport.GetViewportOffsetY(),SRCCOPY);
|
sl@0
|
3066 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3067 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3068 |
case EEmulatorFlipInvert:
|
sl@0
|
3069 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3070 |
TInt sourceX = screenProps->iXYInputWidth - viewport.GetViewportWidth() - viewport.GetViewportOffsetX();
|
sl@0
|
3071 |
if(sourceX<0)
|
sl@0
|
3072 |
sourceX=0;
|
sl@0
|
3073 |
TInt sourceY = screenProps->iXYInputHeight - viewport.GetViewportHeight() - viewport.GetViewportOffsetY();
|
sl@0
|
3074 |
if(sourceY<0)
|
sl@0
|
3075 |
sourceY=0;
|
sl@0
|
3076 |
TInt sourceWidth = viewport.GetMaxWidth()-sourceX - viewport.GetViewportOffsetX();
|
sl@0
|
3077 |
TInt sourceHeight = viewport.GetMaxHeight()-sourceY - viewport.GetViewportOffsetY();
|
sl@0
|
3078 |
|
sl@0
|
3079 |
//when inverted it is necessary to translate the image by 1 pixel up and to the left,
|
sl@0
|
3080 |
//to avoid a glitch when scrolling using ScrollWindowEx()
|
sl@0
|
3081 |
POINT arrayPoints[3]={
|
sl@0
|
3082 |
{sourceWidth-1,sourceHeight-1},
|
sl@0
|
3083 |
{-1,sourceHeight-1},
|
sl@0
|
3084 |
{sourceWidth-1,-1}
|
sl@0
|
3085 |
};
|
sl@0
|
3086 |
PlgBlt(p.hdc,arrayPoints,hdcBits,sourceX,sourceY,sourceWidth,sourceHeight,NULL,NULL,NULL);
|
sl@0
|
3087 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3088 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3089 |
case EEmulatorFlipLeft:
|
sl@0
|
3090 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3091 |
TInt offsetX = screenProps->iXYInputWidth- viewport.GetViewportHeight() - viewport.GetViewportOffsetY();
|
sl@0
|
3092 |
TInt offsetY = viewport.GetViewportOffsetX();
|
sl@0
|
3093 |
|
sl@0
|
3094 |
POINT arrayPoints[3]={{0,windowRect.bottom},{0,0},{windowRect.right,windowRect.bottom}};
|
sl@0
|
3095 |
PlgBlt(p.hdc,arrayPoints,hdcBits,offsetX,offsetY,viewport.GetViewportHeight(),viewport.GetViewportWidth(),NULL,NULL,NULL);
|
sl@0
|
3096 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3097 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3098 |
case EEmulatorFlipRight:
|
sl@0
|
3099 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3100 |
TInt offsetX = viewport.GetViewportOffsetY();
|
sl@0
|
3101 |
TInt offsetY = screenProps->iXYInputHeight - viewport.GetViewportWidth() - viewport.GetViewportOffsetX();
|
sl@0
|
3102 |
|
sl@0
|
3103 |
POINT arrayPoints[3]={{windowRect.right,0},{windowRect.right,windowRect.bottom},{0,0}};
|
sl@0
|
3104 |
PlgBlt(p.hdc,arrayPoints,hdcBits,offsetX,offsetY,viewport.GetViewportHeight(),viewport.GetViewportWidth(),NULL,NULL,NULL);
|
sl@0
|
3105 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3106 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3107 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3108 |
|
sl@0
|
3109 |
|
sl@0
|
3110 |
DeleteDC(hdcBits);
|
sl@0
|
3111 |
if (WinsGuiPowerHandler->iStandby)
|
sl@0
|
3112 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3113 |
TInt x,y;
|
sl@0
|
3114 |
CalcTextPos(screenNumber, x, y);
|
sl@0
|
3115 |
TextOutA(p.hdc, x, y, "Standby", 7);
|
sl@0
|
3116 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3117 |
else if (systemIni->iScreens[screenNumber]->iScreenOff)
|
sl@0
|
3118 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3119 |
TInt x,y;
|
sl@0
|
3120 |
CalcTextPos(screenNumber, x, y);
|
sl@0
|
3121 |
TextOutA(p.hdc, x, y, "Screen Off", 10);
|
sl@0
|
3122 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3123 |
EndPaint(hWnd,&p);
|
sl@0
|
3124 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3125 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3126 |
case WM_ACTIVATE:
|
sl@0
|
3127 |
//Added so that change in modifier keys can be detected without sending
|
sl@0
|
3128 |
//EActive/EInActive to wserv as it results in switching the timers
|
sl@0
|
3129 |
if((wParam & 0xffff)!= WA_INACTIVE)
|
sl@0
|
3130 |
UpdateModifiers();
|
sl@0
|
3131 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3132 |
case WM_CHAR:
|
sl@0
|
3133 |
case WM_SYSCHAR:
|
sl@0
|
3134 |
case WM_DEADCHAR:
|
sl@0
|
3135 |
case WM_SYSDEADCHAR:
|
sl@0
|
3136 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3137 |
case WM_CLOSE: //pass on message to control window, it will then destroy all e,ulator windows
|
sl@0
|
3138 |
SendMessage(TheControlWin,WM_CLOSE, NULL, NULL);
|
sl@0
|
3139 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3140 |
case WM_DESTROY:
|
sl@0
|
3141 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3142 |
DScreenProperties* screenProps = ScreenPropsFromHWND(hWnd, TheWin);
|
sl@0
|
3143 |
if(screenProps == NULL)
|
sl@0
|
3144 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3145 |
return DefWindowProcA(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam);
|
sl@0
|
3146 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3147 |
|
sl@0
|
3148 |
// save window's position information
|
sl@0
|
3149 |
screenProps->iWinPlace.length = sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT);
|
sl@0
|
3150 |
GetWindowPlacement(hWnd, &screenProps->iWinPlace);
|
sl@0
|
3151 |
|
sl@0
|
3152 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3153 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3154 |
case WM_INPUT:
|
sl@0
|
3155 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3156 |
if (systemIni->MultiTouchEnabled() && DMultiTouch::iMultiTouchSupported && systemIni->GCEEnabled())
|
sl@0
|
3157 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3158 |
TInt screenNumber=ScreenFromHWND(hWnd,TheWin);
|
sl@0
|
3159 |
if(screenNumber==0)
|
sl@0
|
3160 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3161 |
TheMultiTouch->OnWmInput(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam,TheChildWin[screenNumber]);
|
sl@0
|
3162 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3163 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3164 |
else
|
sl@0
|
3165 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3166 |
Fault(EGuiInvalidMultiTouch);
|
sl@0
|
3167 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3168 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3169 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3170 |
default:
|
sl@0
|
3171 |
return(DefWindowProcA(hWnd,message,wParam,lParam));
|
sl@0
|
3172 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3173 |
return(FALSE);
|
sl@0
|
3174 |
|
sl@0
|
3175 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3176 |
|
sl@0
|
3177 |
void SetStatusBarFont(HWND& aStatusBar)
|
sl@0
|
3178 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3179 |
int statwidths[] = {100,200,300,400,500,600,700,800};
|
sl@0
|
3180 |
SendMessage(aStatusBar, SB_SETPARTS, sizeof(statwidths)/sizeof(int), (LPARAM)statwidths);
|
sl@0
|
3181 |
HFONT hOrigFont = (HFONT) SendMessage(aStatusBar, WM_GETFONT, 0, 0);
|
sl@0
|
3182 |
SetProp(aStatusBar, TEXT("PROP_ORIGINAL_FONT"), (HANDLE) hOrigFont);
|
sl@0
|
3183 |
LOGFONT lf;
|
sl@0
|
3184 |
GetObject(hOrigFont, sizeof(lf), &lf);
|
sl@0
|
3185 |
lf.lfHeight = (long)(lf.lfHeight / 1.5);
|
sl@0
|
3186 |
lf.lfWeight = FW_NORMAL;
|
sl@0
|
3187 |
HFONT hFont = CreateFontIndirect(&lf);
|
sl@0
|
3188 |
SetProp(aStatusBar, TEXT("PROP_ITALIC_FONT"), (HANDLE) hFont);
|
sl@0
|
3189 |
hFont = (HFONT) GetProp(hwndStatus, TEXT("PROP_ITALIC_FONT"));
|
sl@0
|
3190 |
SendMessage(aStatusBar, WM_SETFONT, (WPARAM) hFont, FALSE);
|
sl@0
|
3191 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3192 |
|
sl@0
|
3193 |
DWORD WINAPI KernelWindowThread(LPVOID aArg)
|
sl@0
|
3194 |
//
|
sl@0
|
3195 |
// The kernel window thread.
|
sl@0
|
3196 |
//
|
sl@0
|
3197 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3198 |
HMODULE hmodule = GetModuleHandleA("winsgui.dll");
|
sl@0
|
3199 |
__ASSERT_ALWAYS(hmodule!=NULL,Fault(EGuiGetModuleHandle));
|
sl@0
|
3200 |
|
sl@0
|
3201 |
WNDCLASSA w;
|
sl@0
|
3202 |
memclr(&w, sizeof(WNDCLASSA));
|
sl@0
|
3203 |
w.style=CS_OWNDC|CS_VREDRAW|CS_HREDRAW;
|
sl@0
|
3204 |
w.lpfnWndProc=(WNDPROC)ctrlwinProc;
|
sl@0
|
3205 |
w.hInstance=(HINSTANCE)aArg;
|
sl@0
|
3206 |
w.hIcon=LoadIconA((HINSTANCE)hmodule,MAKEINTRESOURCEA(EPOC_ICON));
|
sl@0
|
3207 |
w.hbrBackground=(HBRUSH)GetStockObject(WHITE_BRUSH);
|
sl@0
|
3208 |
w.lpszClassName="E32KernelControlWindow";
|
sl@0
|
3209 |
|
sl@0
|
3210 |
ATOM a=RegisterClassA(&w);
|
sl@0
|
3211 |
__ASSERT_ALWAYS(a!=0,Fault(EGuiRegisterWindow));
|
sl@0
|
3212 |
|
sl@0
|
3213 |
RECT ctlrwindowRect={0,0,270,0};
|
sl@0
|
3214 |
AdjustWindowRect(&ctlrwindowRect,KControlWinStyle,FALSE);
|
sl@0
|
3215 |
TInt ctrlwindowWidth=ctlrwindowRect.right-ctlrwindowRect.left;
|
sl@0
|
3216 |
TInt ctrlwindowHeight=ctlrwindowRect.bottom-ctlrwindowRect.top;
|
sl@0
|
3217 |
|
sl@0
|
3218 |
TheControlWin=CreateWindowA(
|
sl@0
|
3219 |
"E32KernelControlWindow",
|
sl@0
|
3220 |
systemIni->iWindowTitle,
|
sl@0
|
3221 |
KInvisibleControlWinStyle,
|
sl@0
|
3222 |
KWinPosX,
|
sl@0
|
3223 |
KWinPosY,
|
sl@0
|
3224 |
ctrlwindowWidth,
|
sl@0
|
3225 |
ctrlwindowHeight,
|
sl@0
|
3226 |
(HWND)NULL,
|
sl@0
|
3227 |
NULL,
|
sl@0
|
3228 |
(HINSTANCE)aArg,
|
sl@0
|
3229 |
(LPSTR)NULL
|
sl@0
|
3230 |
);
|
sl@0
|
3231 |
__ASSERT_ALWAYS(TheControlWin!=NULL,Fault(EGuiKernelWindowCreate));
|
sl@0
|
3232 |
|
sl@0
|
3233 |
memclr(&w, sizeof(WNDCLASSA));
|
sl@0
|
3234 |
w.style=CS_OWNDC;
|
sl@0
|
3235 |
w.lpfnWndProc=(WNDPROC)winProc;
|
sl@0
|
3236 |
w.hInstance=(HINSTANCE)aArg;
|
sl@0
|
3237 |
w.hIcon=LoadIconA((HINSTANCE)hmodule,MAKEINTRESOURCEA(EPOC_ICON));
|
sl@0
|
3238 |
w.hbrBackground=(HBRUSH)GetStockObject(WHITE_BRUSH);
|
sl@0
|
3239 |
w.lpszClassName="E32KernelWindow";
|
sl@0
|
3240 |
|
sl@0
|
3241 |
a=RegisterClassA(&w);
|
sl@0
|
3242 |
__ASSERT_ALWAYS(a!=0,Fault(EGuiRegisterWindow));
|
sl@0
|
3243 |
|
sl@0
|
3244 |
memclr(&w, sizeof(WNDCLASSA));
|
sl@0
|
3245 |
w.style=CS_OWNDC;
|
sl@0
|
3246 |
w.lpfnWndProc=(WNDPROC)childWinProc;
|
sl@0
|
3247 |
w.hInstance=(HINSTANCE)aArg;
|
sl@0
|
3248 |
w.hCursor=LoadCursorA(NULL,MAKEINTRESOURCEA(32512)); //ICD_ARROW
|
sl@0
|
3249 |
w.hbrBackground=(HBRUSH)GetStockObject(WHITE_BRUSH);
|
sl@0
|
3250 |
w.lpszMenuName=NULL;
|
sl@0
|
3251 |
w.lpszClassName="E32KernelChildWindow";
|
sl@0
|
3252 |
a=RegisterClassA(&w);
|
sl@0
|
3253 |
__ASSERT_ALWAYS(a!=0,Fault(EGuiRegisterChildWindow));
|
sl@0
|
3254 |
|
sl@0
|
3255 |
if (masterIni && masterIni->iSystemInis.Count() > 1)
|
sl@0
|
3256 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3257 |
//add Configuration Items to the system menu if there's > 1 config
|
sl@0
|
3258 |
HMENU hMenu = GetSystemMenu(TheControlWin, FALSE);
|
sl@0
|
3259 |
InsertMenu(hMenu,5, MF_BYPOSITION|MF_SEPARATOR,0,NULL);
|
sl@0
|
3260 |
InsertMenuA(hMenu,6, MF_BYPOSITION|MF_STRING, 1, "Next Config...");
|
sl@0
|
3261 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3262 |
|
sl@0
|
3263 |
ShowWindow(TheControlWin,SW_SHOWDEFAULT);
|
sl@0
|
3264 |
UpdateWindow(TheControlWin);
|
sl@0
|
3265 |
|
sl@0
|
3266 |
//Create frame windows and child windows
|
sl@0
|
3267 |
for(TInt screen=0;screen<systemIni->iScreens.Count();screen++)
|
sl@0
|
3268 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3269 |
|
sl@0
|
3270 |
RECT windowRect={0,0,systemIni->iScreens[screen]->iXYInputWidth,systemIni->iScreens[screen]->iXYInputHeight};
|
sl@0
|
3271 |
AdjustWindowRect(&windowRect,KWinStyle,FALSE);
|
sl@0
|
3272 |
TInt windowWidth=windowRect.right-windowRect.left;
|
sl@0
|
3273 |
TInt windowHeight=windowRect.bottom-windowRect.top;
|
sl@0
|
3274 |
|
sl@0
|
3275 |
CHAR title[20];
|
sl@0
|
3276 |
wsprintfA(title, "Screen %d", screen);
|
sl@0
|
3277 |
|
sl@0
|
3278 |
TheWin[screen]=CreateWindowA(
|
sl@0
|
3279 |
"E32KernelWindow",
|
sl@0
|
3280 |
title,
|
sl@0
|
3281 |
KInvisibleWinStyle,
|
sl@0
|
3282 |
KWinPosX,
|
sl@0
|
3283 |
KWinPosY,
|
sl@0
|
3284 |
windowWidth,
|
sl@0
|
3285 |
windowHeight,
|
sl@0
|
3286 |
(HWND)NULL,
|
sl@0
|
3287 |
NULL,
|
sl@0
|
3288 |
(HINSTANCE)aArg,
|
sl@0
|
3289 |
(LPSTR)NULL
|
sl@0
|
3290 |
);
|
sl@0
|
3291 |
__ASSERT_ALWAYS(TheWin[screen]!=NULL,Fault(EGuiKernelWindowCreate));
|
sl@0
|
3292 |
|
sl@0
|
3293 |
LoadFasciaBitmap(screen);
|
sl@0
|
3294 |
|
sl@0
|
3295 |
TheChildWin[screen]=CreateWindowA(
|
sl@0
|
3296 |
"E32KernelChildWindow",
|
sl@0
|
3297 |
"",
|
sl@0
|
3298 |
WS_CHILDWINDOW|WS_VISIBLE|WS_CLIPCHILDREN|WS_CLIPSIBLINGS,
|
sl@0
|
3299 |
systemIni->iScreens[screen]->iScreenOffsetX,
|
sl@0
|
3300 |
systemIni->iScreens[screen]->iScreenOffsetY,
|
sl@0
|
3301 |
systemIni->iScreens[screen]->iScreenWidth,
|
sl@0
|
3302 |
systemIni->iScreens[screen]->iScreenHeight,
|
sl@0
|
3303 |
TheWin[screen],
|
sl@0
|
3304 |
NULL,
|
sl@0
|
3305 |
(HINSTANCE)aArg,
|
sl@0
|
3306 |
(LPSTR)NULL
|
sl@0
|
3307 |
);
|
sl@0
|
3308 |
__ASSERT_ALWAYS(TheChildWin[screen]!=NULL,Fault(EGuiKernelChildWindowCreate));
|
sl@0
|
3309 |
|
sl@0
|
3310 |
// Create status bars
|
sl@0
|
3311 |
if (systemIni->MultiTouchEnabled() && systemIni->GCEEnabled())
|
sl@0
|
3312 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3313 |
HMODULE hmodComCtl = LoadLibrary(TEXT("comctl32.dll"));
|
sl@0
|
3314 |
typedef int (WINAPI* FNINITCC)();
|
sl@0
|
3315 |
FNINITCC pfnInitCommonControls = GetProcAddress(hmodComCtl, "InitCommonControls");
|
sl@0
|
3316 |
pfnInitCommonControls();
|
sl@0
|
3317 |
hwndStatus = CreateWindowExA(0, STATUSCLASSNAMEA, NULL,
|
sl@0
|
3318 |
WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | CCS_BOTTOM ,
|
sl@0
|
3319 |
0,0,0,0,
|
sl@0
|
3320 |
TheWin[0], NULL, GetModuleHandle(NULL), NULL);
|
sl@0
|
3321 |
SetStatusBarFont(hwndStatus);
|
sl@0
|
3322 |
SetWindowPos(hwndStatus,NULL, 0,0,0,0,SWP_HIDEWINDOW);
|
sl@0
|
3323 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3324 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3325 |
|
sl@0
|
3326 |
//Restore window data from ini file if it exists.
|
sl@0
|
3327 |
HANDLE hSysIni = CreateFileA(systemIni->iSysIniFileName, GENERIC_READ, 0, 0, OPEN_EXISTING, 0, 0);
|
sl@0
|
3328 |
TBool success=(hSysIni != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) ? ETrue : EFalse;
|
sl@0
|
3329 |
|
sl@0
|
3330 |
DWORD numRead;
|
sl@0
|
3331 |
TInt fileVersion=0;
|
sl@0
|
3332 |
if(success)
|
sl@0
|
3333 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3334 |
ReadFile(hSysIni, &fileVersion, sizeof(TInt), &numRead, 0);
|
sl@0
|
3335 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3336 |
|
sl@0
|
3337 |
//Check we are using a dat file created by this version of the program.
|
sl@0
|
3338 |
if(success && (fileVersion==KDatFileVersion) )
|
sl@0
|
3339 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3340 |
|
sl@0
|
3341 |
TInt savedConfiguration=0; //set this to default configuration
|
sl@0
|
3342 |
|
sl@0
|
3343 |
if(ReadFile(hSysIni, &savedConfiguration, sizeof(TInt), &numRead, 0) && (numRead>0) )
|
sl@0
|
3344 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3345 |
//Don't restore the saved configuration, see INC114502.
|
sl@0
|
3346 |
//This could be reenabled in future as an optional operation
|
sl@0
|
3347 |
//dependent on an entry in the epoc.ini file.
|
sl@0
|
3348 |
|
sl@0
|
3349 |
//SwitchConfiguration(savedConfiguration);
|
sl@0
|
3350 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3351 |
|
sl@0
|
3352 |
//restore each window to saved state
|
sl@0
|
3353 |
for(TInt screen=0;screen<systemIni->iScreens.Count();screen++)
|
sl@0
|
3354 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3355 |
|
sl@0
|
3356 |
// If the .ini file was opened, get the saved settings for the windows position the last time
|
sl@0
|
3357 |
// this emulator was run, if any, and move the window accordingly.
|
sl@0
|
3358 |
|
sl@0
|
3359 |
TWindowState savedState;
|
sl@0
|
3360 |
|
sl@0
|
3361 |
TBool stateLoaded = ReadFile(hSysIni, &savedState, sizeof(TWindowState), &numRead, 0) && (numRead>0);
|
sl@0
|
3362 |
|
sl@0
|
3363 |
if (stateLoaded)
|
sl@0
|
3364 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3365 |
//only allow window to be restored to
|
sl@0
|
3366 |
//maximized or normal mode,
|
sl@0
|
3367 |
//this prevents it being restored in minimized mode
|
sl@0
|
3368 |
//or others.
|
sl@0
|
3369 |
if(savedState.iWinPlace.showCmd != SW_MAXIMIZE)
|
sl@0
|
3370 |
savedState.iWinPlace.showCmd= SW_NORMAL;
|
sl@0
|
3371 |
|
sl@0
|
3372 |
//if starting in same configuration and/or rotation as last time emulator was run
|
sl@0
|
3373 |
//it makes sense to restore scroll offset, window position,
|
sl@0
|
3374 |
//and dimensions, if not, only restore position and window (ie. maximized/normal) state.
|
sl@0
|
3375 |
if(savedConfiguration == CurrentConfiguration &&
|
sl@0
|
3376 |
savedState.iFlipstate == CurrentFlipState[screen])
|
sl@0
|
3377 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3378 |
//Restore window placement
|
sl@0
|
3379 |
SetWindowPlacement(TheWin[screen], &savedState.iWinPlace);
|
sl@0
|
3380 |
|
sl@0
|
3381 |
TViewport& viewport = systemIni->iScreens[screen]->iViewport;
|
sl@0
|
3382 |
|
sl@0
|
3383 |
viewport.ScrollToX(savedState.iXoffset, TheWin[screen]);
|
sl@0
|
3384 |
viewport.ScrollToY(savedState.iYoffset, TheWin[screen]);
|
sl@0
|
3385 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3386 |
else
|
sl@0
|
3387 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3388 |
|
sl@0
|
3389 |
RECT oldRect;
|
sl@0
|
3390 |
GetWindowRect(TheWin[screen], &oldRect);
|
sl@0
|
3391 |
//save default window dimensions
|
sl@0
|
3392 |
TInt width=oldRect.right-oldRect.left;
|
sl@0
|
3393 |
TInt height=oldRect.bottom - oldRect.top;
|
sl@0
|
3394 |
|
sl@0
|
3395 |
//restore position and window state from file
|
sl@0
|
3396 |
SetWindowPlacement(TheWin[screen], &savedState.iWinPlace);
|
sl@0
|
3397 |
|
sl@0
|
3398 |
RECT currentRect;
|
sl@0
|
3399 |
GetWindowRect(TheWin[screen], ¤tRect);
|
sl@0
|
3400 |
//keep default size.
|
sl@0
|
3401 |
MoveWindow(TheWin[screen],currentRect.left, currentRect.top, width, height, TRUE);
|
sl@0
|
3402 |
|
sl@0
|
3403 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3404 |
|
sl@0
|
3405 |
|
sl@0
|
3406 |
// Check that enough of the recorded window position is visible on the screen
|
sl@0
|
3407 |
|
sl@0
|
3408 |
TBool enoughVisible = false;
|
sl@0
|
3409 |
|
sl@0
|
3410 |
// vague values for ensuring we have enough of the window title bar to grab
|
sl@0
|
3411 |
// if the window is partly off screen
|
sl@0
|
3412 |
const TInt KTitleBarGrabX=80;
|
sl@0
|
3413 |
const TInt KTitleBarGrabY=50;
|
sl@0
|
3414 |
|
sl@0
|
3415 |
//inspect dimensions of the window to be restored.
|
sl@0
|
3416 |
RECT savedRect;
|
sl@0
|
3417 |
GetWindowRect(TheWin[screen], &savedRect);
|
sl@0
|
3418 |
|
sl@0
|
3419 |
SystemMonitors monitors;
|
sl@0
|
3420 |
|
sl@0
|
3421 |
if (monitors.Count() == 1) /* Original algorithm */
|
sl@0
|
3422 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3423 |
RECT rcIntersect, rcScreen;
|
sl@0
|
3424 |
|
sl@0
|
3425 |
SetRect(&rcScreen, KTitleBarGrabX, savedRect.bottom-savedRect.top,
|
sl@0
|
3426 |
GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSCREEN)-KTitleBarGrabX, GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYSCREEN)-KTitleBarGrabY);
|
sl@0
|
3427 |
|
sl@0
|
3428 |
enoughVisible = IntersectRect(&rcIntersect, &savedRect, &rcScreen);
|
sl@0
|
3429 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3430 |
else /* > 1 monitor; do it differently */
|
sl@0
|
3431 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3432 |
RECT cornerBox1, cornerBox2;
|
sl@0
|
3433 |
|
sl@0
|
3434 |
// The top-left corner box
|
sl@0
|
3435 |
SetRect(&cornerBox1, savedRect.left, savedRect.top,
|
sl@0
|
3436 |
savedRect.left + KTitleBarGrabX, savedRect.top + KTitleBarGrabY);
|
sl@0
|
3437 |
|
sl@0
|
3438 |
// The top-right corner box
|
sl@0
|
3439 |
SetRect(&cornerBox2, savedRect.right - KTitleBarGrabX, savedRect.top,
|
sl@0
|
3440 |
savedRect.right, savedRect.top + KTitleBarGrabY);
|
sl@0
|
3441 |
|
sl@0
|
3442 |
// Require one of these rectangles to be all on one monitor
|
sl@0
|
3443 |
enoughVisible = monitors.RectAllOnOne(cornerBox1) || monitors.RectAllOnOne(cornerBox2);
|
sl@0
|
3444 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3445 |
|
sl@0
|
3446 |
if (!enoughVisible)
|
sl@0
|
3447 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3448 |
SetWindowPos(TheWin[screen], HWND_TOP, 0,0,0,0, SWP_NOSIZE);
|
sl@0
|
3449 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3450 |
|
sl@0
|
3451 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3452 |
else //if there was no stored info for this screen
|
sl@0
|
3453 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3454 |
ShowWindow(TheWin[screen],SW_MAXIMIZE);
|
sl@0
|
3455 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3456 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3457 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3458 |
else
|
sl@0
|
3459 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3460 |
//use default configuration and make windows visible
|
sl@0
|
3461 |
SwitchConfiguration(CurrentConfiguration);
|
sl@0
|
3462 |
for(TInt screen=0;screen<systemIni->iScreens.Count();screen++)
|
sl@0
|
3463 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3464 |
ShowWindow(TheWin[screen],SW_MAXIMIZE);
|
sl@0
|
3465 |
UpdateWindow(TheWin[screen]);
|
sl@0
|
3466 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3467 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3468 |
|
sl@0
|
3469 |
//close file if it was opened
|
sl@0
|
3470 |
if(success)
|
sl@0
|
3471 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3472 |
CloseHandle(hSysIni);
|
sl@0
|
3473 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3474 |
|
sl@0
|
3475 |
|
sl@0
|
3476 |
if (systemIni->iInitialFlipMsg != 0)
|
sl@0
|
3477 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3478 |
addKeyEvent(TRawEvent::EKeyDown,systemIni->iInitialFlipMsg);
|
sl@0
|
3479 |
addKeyEvent(TRawEvent::EKeyUp,systemIni->iInitialFlipMsg);
|
sl@0
|
3480 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3481 |
|
sl@0
|
3482 |
SetFocus(TheWin[0]);
|
sl@0
|
3483 |
|
sl@0
|
3484 |
MSG m;
|
sl@0
|
3485 |
while (GetMessageA(&m,NULL,0,0))
|
sl@0
|
3486 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3487 |
DispatchMessageA(&m);
|
sl@0
|
3488 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3489 |
|
sl@0
|
3490 |
ExitProcess(m.wParam);
|
sl@0
|
3491 |
return 0;
|
sl@0
|
3492 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3493 |
|
sl@0
|
3494 |
SystemMonitors::SystemMonitors(void)
|
sl@0
|
3495 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3496 |
TInt n;
|
sl@0
|
3497 |
|
sl@0
|
3498 |
iCount = 1;
|
sl@0
|
3499 |
iHaveMultiMonFunctions = false;
|
sl@0
|
3500 |
|
sl@0
|
3501 |
if ((n = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CMONITORS)) <= 1)
|
sl@0
|
3502 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3503 |
return;
|
sl@0
|
3504 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3505 |
|
sl@0
|
3506 |
HMODULE huser32 = GetModuleHandleA("user32.dll");
|
sl@0
|
3507 |
|
sl@0
|
3508 |
// Get pointers to the APIs we want
|
sl@0
|
3509 |
if (huser32 == NULL ||
|
sl@0
|
3510 |
(ipMonitorFromRect =
|
sl@0
|
3511 |
(HMONITOR (WINAPI *)(LPCRECT lprcScreenCoords, UINT uFlags))
|
sl@0
|
3512 |
GetProcAddress(huser32, "MonitorFromRect")) == NULL ||
|
sl@0
|
3513 |
(ipGetMonitorInfo =
|
sl@0
|
3514 |
(BOOL (WINAPI *)(HMONITOR hMonitor, LPMONITORINFO lpMonitorInfo))
|
sl@0
|
3515 |
GetProcAddress(huser32, "GetMonitorInfoA")) == NULL)
|
sl@0
|
3516 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3517 |
return;
|
sl@0
|
3518 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3519 |
|
sl@0
|
3520 |
iCount = n;
|
sl@0
|
3521 |
iHaveMultiMonFunctions = true;
|
sl@0
|
3522 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3523 |
|
sl@0
|
3524 |
TBool SystemMonitors::RectAllOnOne(RECT& rect)
|
sl@0
|
3525 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3526 |
HMONITOR monitor = MonitorFromRect(rect);
|
sl@0
|
3527 |
if (monitor == NULL)
|
sl@0
|
3528 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3529 |
return false;
|
sl@0
|
3530 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3531 |
|
sl@0
|
3532 |
MONITORINFO monInfo;
|
sl@0
|
3533 |
monInfo.cbSize = sizeof(MONITORINFO);
|
sl@0
|
3534 |
|
sl@0
|
3535 |
if (! GetMonitorInfo(monitor, &monInfo))
|
sl@0
|
3536 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3537 |
return false;
|
sl@0
|
3538 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3539 |
|
sl@0
|
3540 |
RECT overlap;
|
sl@0
|
3541 |
|
sl@0
|
3542 |
if (IntersectRect(&overlap, &rect, &monInfo.rcWork) &&
|
sl@0
|
3543 |
EqualRect(&overlap, &rect))
|
sl@0
|
3544 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3545 |
return true;
|
sl@0
|
3546 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3547 |
|
sl@0
|
3548 |
return false;
|
sl@0
|
3549 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3550 |
|
sl@0
|
3551 |
HMONITOR SystemMonitors::MonitorFromRect(const RECT& rect, UINT flags)
|
sl@0
|
3552 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3553 |
if (! iHaveMultiMonFunctions)
|
sl@0
|
3554 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3555 |
return NULL;
|
sl@0
|
3556 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3557 |
|
sl@0
|
3558 |
return (*ipMonitorFromRect)(&rect, flags);
|
sl@0
|
3559 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3560 |
|
sl@0
|
3561 |
TBool SystemMonitors::GetMonitorInfo(HMONITOR monitor, LPMONITORINFO pMonInfo)
|
sl@0
|
3562 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3563 |
if (! iHaveMultiMonFunctions)
|
sl@0
|
3564 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3565 |
return false;
|
sl@0
|
3566 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3567 |
|
sl@0
|
3568 |
return (*ipGetMonitorInfo)(monitor, pMonInfo);
|
sl@0
|
3569 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3570 |
|
sl@0
|
3571 |
void DrawLeds()
|
sl@0
|
3572 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3573 |
HDC winDC = GetDC(TheWin[0]);
|
sl@0
|
3574 |
HDC hdcBits;
|
sl@0
|
3575 |
hdcBits=CreateCompatibleDC(winDC);
|
sl@0
|
3576 |
SelectObject(hdcBits,TheScreenBitmap[0]);
|
sl@0
|
3577 |
HPEN pen=CreatePen(PS_SOLID,0,RGB(0,0,0));
|
sl@0
|
3578 |
SelectObject(hdcBits,pen);
|
sl@0
|
3579 |
HBRUSH brush;
|
sl@0
|
3580 |
LOGBRUSH redbrush={BS_SOLID, RGB(0xff,0,0)};
|
sl@0
|
3581 |
LOGBRUSH greenbrush={BS_SOLID, RGB(0,0xff,0)};
|
sl@0
|
3582 |
LOGBRUSH blackbrush={BS_SOLID, RGB(0,0,0)};
|
sl@0
|
3583 |
// red
|
sl@0
|
3584 |
if (LedMask & KLedMaskRed1)
|
sl@0
|
3585 |
brush=CreateBrushIndirect(&redbrush);
|
sl@0
|
3586 |
else
|
sl@0
|
3587 |
brush=CreateBrushIndirect(&blackbrush);
|
sl@0
|
3588 |
SelectObject(hdcBits,brush);
|
sl@0
|
3589 |
DWinsUi *ini=systemIni;
|
sl@0
|
3590 |
Ellipse(hdcBits, ini->iLedOffsetX, ini->iLedOffsetY, ini->iLedOffsetX+ini->iLedSize, ini->iLedOffsetY+ini->iLedSize);
|
sl@0
|
3591 |
DeleteObject(brush);
|
sl@0
|
3592 |
// green
|
sl@0
|
3593 |
if (LedMask & KLedMaskGreen1)
|
sl@0
|
3594 |
brush=CreateBrushIndirect(&greenbrush);
|
sl@0
|
3595 |
else
|
sl@0
|
3596 |
brush=CreateBrushIndirect(&blackbrush);
|
sl@0
|
3597 |
SelectObject(hdcBits,brush);
|
sl@0
|
3598 |
if (ini->iLedVertical)
|
sl@0
|
3599 |
Ellipse(hdcBits, ini->iLedOffsetX, ini->iLedOffsetY+ini->iLedSize+ini->iLedGap,
|
sl@0
|
3600 |
ini->iLedOffsetX+ini->iLedSize, ini->iLedOffsetY+ini->iLedSize+ini->iLedGap+ini->iLedSize);
|
sl@0
|
3601 |
else
|
sl@0
|
3602 |
Ellipse(hdcBits, ini->iLedOffsetX+ini->iLedSize+ini->iLedGap, ini->iLedOffsetY,
|
sl@0
|
3603 |
ini->iLedOffsetX+ini->iLedSize+ini->iLedGap+ini->iLedSize, ini->iLedOffsetY+ini->iLedSize);
|
sl@0
|
3604 |
DeleteObject(brush);
|
sl@0
|
3605 |
DeleteObject(pen);
|
sl@0
|
3606 |
DeleteDC(hdcBits);
|
sl@0
|
3607 |
ReleaseDC(TheWin[0], winDC);
|
sl@0
|
3608 |
if (ini->iLedVertical)
|
sl@0
|
3609 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3610 |
RECT r={ini->iLedOffsetX,
|
sl@0
|
3611 |
ini->iLedOffsetY,
|
sl@0
|
3612 |
ini->iLedOffsetX+ini->iLedSize,
|
sl@0
|
3613 |
ini->iLedOffsetY+ini->iLedSize+ini->iLedGap+ini->iLedSize};
|
sl@0
|
3614 |
InvalidateRect(TheWin[0], &r, FALSE);
|
sl@0
|
3615 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3616 |
else
|
sl@0
|
3617 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3618 |
RECT r={ini->iLedOffsetX,
|
sl@0
|
3619 |
ini->iLedOffsetY,
|
sl@0
|
3620 |
ini->iLedOffsetX+ini->iLedSize+ini->iLedGap+ini->iLedSize,
|
sl@0
|
3621 |
ini->iLedOffsetY+ini->iLedSize};
|
sl@0
|
3622 |
InvalidateRect(TheWin[0], &r, FALSE);
|
sl@0
|
3623 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3624 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3625 |
|
sl@0
|
3626 |
void DWinsUi::ScreenInfo(TScreenInfoV01& aInfo)
|
sl@0
|
3627 |
//
|
sl@0
|
3628 |
// Return screen 0 info to the window server.
|
sl@0
|
3629 |
//
|
sl@0
|
3630 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3631 |
aInfo.iWindowHandleValid=ETrue;
|
sl@0
|
3632 |
aInfo.iWindowHandle=TheChildWin[0];
|
sl@0
|
3633 |
aInfo.iScreenAddressValid=EFalse;
|
sl@0
|
3634 |
aInfo.iScreenAddress=NULL;
|
sl@0
|
3635 |
aInfo.iScreenSize.iWidth = iScreens[0]->iMaxScreenWidth;
|
sl@0
|
3636 |
aInfo.iScreenSize.iHeight = iScreens[0]->iMaxScreenHeight;
|
sl@0
|
3637 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3638 |
|
sl@0
|
3639 |
|
sl@0
|
3640 |
TBool DWinsUi::VideoInfo(TInt aScreenNumber, TVideoInfoV01& aInfo)
|
sl@0
|
3641 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3642 |
return VideoInfo(aScreenNumber,iScreens[aScreenNumber&KMaskScreenNum]->iCurrentMode,aInfo);
|
sl@0
|
3643 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3644 |
|
sl@0
|
3645 |
/// Could fail if flip mode is not supported
|
sl@0
|
3646 |
TBool DWinsUi::VideoInfo(TInt aScreenNumber,TInt aModeNumber, TVideoInfoV01& aInfo)
|
sl@0
|
3647 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3648 |
aScreenNumber &= KMaskScreenNum;
|
sl@0
|
3649 |
if (aScreenNumber>=iScreens.Count())
|
sl@0
|
3650 |
return EFalse;
|
sl@0
|
3651 |
if (masterIni->iBufferSet.Count() && masterIni->iBufferSet[aScreenNumber].iDisplayDriverCount > 0)
|
sl@0
|
3652 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3653 |
return VideoInfoForDisplayDriver(aScreenNumber,aModeNumber,aInfo);
|
sl@0
|
3654 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3655 |
else
|
sl@0
|
3656 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3657 |
if ((aModeNumber&KMaskModeNum)>=1)
|
sl@0
|
3658 |
return EFalse; //non-gce emulator doesn't support changing the mode number.
|
sl@0
|
3659 |
DScreenProperties* screenProperties=iScreens[aScreenNumber];
|
sl@0
|
3660 |
aInfo.iSizeInPixels.iWidth = screenProperties->iMaxScreenWidth;
|
sl@0
|
3661 |
aInfo.iSizeInPixels.iHeight = screenProperties->iMaxScreenHeight;
|
sl@0
|
3662 |
aInfo.iSizeInTwips.iWidth = screenProperties->iMaxPhysicalScreenWidth ? screenProperties->iMaxPhysicalScreenWidth : TInt(screenProperties->iScreenWidth*KDefaultPixelsToTwipsX);
|
sl@0
|
3663 |
aInfo.iSizeInTwips.iHeight = screenProperties->iMaxPhysicalScreenHeight ? screenProperties->iMaxPhysicalScreenHeight : TInt(screenProperties->iScreenHeight*KDefaultPixelsToTwipsY);
|
sl@0
|
3664 |
aInfo.iIsMono = EFalse;
|
sl@0
|
3665 |
aInfo.iIsPalettized = EFalse;
|
sl@0
|
3666 |
aInfo.iDisplayMode=screenProperties->iCurrentMode;
|
sl@0
|
3667 |
aInfo.iIsPixelOrderRGB = ETrue;
|
sl@0
|
3668 |
aInfo.iIsPixelOrderLandscape=ETrue;
|
sl@0
|
3669 |
|
sl@0
|
3670 |
aInfo.iVideoAddress = (TInt)TheChildWin[aScreenNumber];
|
sl@0
|
3671 |
aInfo.iBitsPerPixel = screenProperties->iColorDepth;
|
sl@0
|
3672 |
aInfo.iOffsetToFirstPixel=0;
|
sl@0
|
3673 |
aInfo.iOffsetBetweenLines=0;
|
sl@0
|
3674 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3675 |
return ETrue;
|
sl@0
|
3676 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3677 |
|
sl@0
|
3678 |
/** Could fail if flip mode is not supported.
|
sl@0
|
3679 |
Note that this method is inteneded to be called directly to parameterise the setting up of the display driver,
|
sl@0
|
3680 |
so it must survive absense of the display driver installation!
|
sl@0
|
3681 |
**/
|
sl@0
|
3682 |
|
sl@0
|
3683 |
TBool DWinsUi::VideoInfoForDisplayDriver(TInt aScreenNumber,TInt aModeNumber, TVideoInfoV01& aInfo, TBool aRealWidthAndHeight)
|
sl@0
|
3684 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3685 |
aScreenNumber &= KMaskScreenNum;
|
sl@0
|
3686 |
DScreenProperties* screenProperties = iScreens[aScreenNumber];
|
sl@0
|
3687 |
if ((aModeNumber&KMaskModeNum) >= screenProperties->iMaxModes)
|
sl@0
|
3688 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3689 |
return EFalse;
|
sl@0
|
3690 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3691 |
|
sl@0
|
3692 |
aInfo.iSizeInPixels.iWidth = aRealWidthAndHeight ? screenProperties->iScreenWidth : screenProperties->iMaxScreenWidth;
|
sl@0
|
3693 |
aInfo.iSizeInPixels.iHeight = aRealWidthAndHeight ? screenProperties->iScreenHeight : screenProperties->iMaxScreenHeight;
|
sl@0
|
3694 |
|
sl@0
|
3695 |
if (aRealWidthAndHeight==EFalse)
|
sl@0
|
3696 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3697 |
aInfo.iSizeInTwips.iWidth = screenProperties->iMaxPhysicalScreenWidth ? screenProperties->iMaxPhysicalScreenWidth : TInt(screenProperties->iScreenWidth*KDefaultPixelsToTwipsX);
|
sl@0
|
3698 |
aInfo.iSizeInTwips.iHeight = screenProperties->iMaxPhysicalScreenHeight ? screenProperties->iMaxPhysicalScreenHeight : TInt(screenProperties->iScreenHeight*KDefaultPixelsToTwipsY);
|
sl@0
|
3699 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3700 |
else
|
sl@0
|
3701 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3702 |
aInfo.iSizeInTwips.iWidth = screenProperties->iPhysicalScreenWidth ? screenProperties->iPhysicalScreenWidth : TInt(screenProperties->iScreenWidth*KDefaultPixelsToTwipsX);
|
sl@0
|
3703 |
aInfo.iSizeInTwips.iHeight = screenProperties->iPhysicalScreenHeight ? screenProperties->iPhysicalScreenHeight : TInt(screenProperties->iScreenHeight*KDefaultPixelsToTwipsY);
|
sl@0
|
3704 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3705 |
|
sl@0
|
3706 |
aInfo.iIsMono = EFalse;
|
sl@0
|
3707 |
aInfo.iIsPalettized = EFalse;
|
sl@0
|
3708 |
aInfo.iDisplayMode=screenProperties->iCurrentMode;
|
sl@0
|
3709 |
aInfo.iIsPixelOrderRGB = ETrue;
|
sl@0
|
3710 |
aInfo.iIsPixelOrderLandscape=ETrue;
|
sl@0
|
3711 |
|
sl@0
|
3712 |
// Set memory to iVideoAddress to NULL to trigger the HAL code into querying the video address
|
sl@0
|
3713 |
// separately
|
sl@0
|
3714 |
aInfo.iVideoAddress = NULL;
|
sl@0
|
3715 |
|
sl@0
|
3716 |
TInt bpp=screenProperties->iModeDepths[aModeNumber&KMaskModeNum];
|
sl@0
|
3717 |
aInfo.iBitsPerPixel=bpp;
|
sl@0
|
3718 |
if (bpp>8)
|
sl@0
|
3719 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3720 |
bpp=(bpp+15)&-16; //12 & 16 --> 16 ; 24 & 32 --> 32
|
sl@0
|
3721 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3722 |
|
sl@0
|
3723 |
aInfo.iOffsetToFirstPixel=0;
|
sl@0
|
3724 |
#ifdef TEST_GCE_VARIABLE_START_EXTRA
|
sl@0
|
3725 |
aInfo.iOffsetToFirstPixel+= TEST_GCE_VARIABLE_START_EXTRA*(1+aModeNumber&KMaskScreenModeNum);
|
sl@0
|
3726 |
if ((aModeNumber& KModeFlagFlipped)
|
sl@0
|
3727 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3728 |
#ifndef ASSYMETRIC_SQUARE_STRIDE
|
sl@0
|
3729 |
if (aInfo.iSizeInPixels.iWidth!=aInfo.iSizeInPixels.iHeight)
|
sl@0
|
3730 |
#endif
|
sl@0
|
3731 |
aInfo.iOffsetToFirstPixel+= TEST_GCE_VARIABLE_START_EXTRA*KEmulMaxNumModes;
|
sl@0
|
3732 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3733 |
#endif
|
sl@0
|
3734 |
if (aModeNumber& KModeFlagFlipped)
|
sl@0
|
3735 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3736 |
// we calculate the number of bytes per scanline that MUST be a multiple of 32 bits word (alignment)
|
sl@0
|
3737 |
// screenProperties->iMaxScreenHeight * bpp represnts the number of bits per scanline
|
sl@0
|
3738 |
// +31 is the ceiling
|
sl@0
|
3739 |
// we shift right (>>3) because there are 8 bits/byte
|
sl@0
|
3740 |
// we mask with ~3 because we are intrested in the octet value
|
sl@0
|
3741 |
aInfo.iOffsetBetweenLines=((screenProperties->iMaxScreenHeight * bpp + 31) >> 3) & ~3;
|
sl@0
|
3742 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3743 |
else
|
sl@0
|
3744 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3745 |
// please see the comment above
|
sl@0
|
3746 |
aInfo.iOffsetBetweenLines=((screenProperties->iMaxScreenWidth * bpp + 31) >> 3) & ~3;
|
sl@0
|
3747 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3748 |
#ifdef TEST_GCE_VARIABLE_STRIDE_EXTRA
|
sl@0
|
3749 |
aInfo.iOffsetBetweenLines+=TEST_GCE_VARIABLE_STRIDE_EXTRA;
|
sl@0
|
3750 |
#endif
|
sl@0
|
3751 |
|
sl@0
|
3752 |
return ETrue;
|
sl@0
|
3753 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3754 |
|
sl@0
|
3755 |
TInt DMasterIni::DoHalFunction(TAny* aPtr, TInt aFunction, TAny* a1, TAny* a2)
|
sl@0
|
3756 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3757 |
return masterIni->HalFunction((TInt)aPtr,aFunction,a1,a2);
|
sl@0
|
3758 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3759 |
|
sl@0
|
3760 |
|
sl@0
|
3761 |
TInt DMasterIni::HalFunction(TInt aDeviceNumber, TInt aFunction, TAny* a1, TAny* a2)
|
sl@0
|
3762 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3763 |
if (TUint(aDeviceNumber) >= TUint(systemIni->iScreens.Count()))
|
sl@0
|
3764 |
return KErrArgument;
|
sl@0
|
3765 |
|
sl@0
|
3766 |
TInt mode;
|
sl@0
|
3767 |
TInt maxMode=1;
|
sl@0
|
3768 |
TInt r=KErrNone;
|
sl@0
|
3769 |
switch(aFunction)
|
sl@0
|
3770 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3771 |
case EDisplayHalScreenInfo:
|
sl@0
|
3772 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3773 |
TPckgBuf<TScreenInfoV01> vPckg;
|
sl@0
|
3774 |
systemIni->ScreenInfo(vPckg());
|
sl@0
|
3775 |
Kern::InfoCopy(*(TDes8*)a1,vPckg);
|
sl@0
|
3776 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3777 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3778 |
case EDisplayHalWsRegisterSwitchOnScreenHandling:
|
sl@0
|
3779 |
WsSwitchOnScreen=(TBool)a1;
|
sl@0
|
3780 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3781 |
case EDisplayHalSetState:
|
sl@0
|
3782 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3783 |
if(!Kern::CurrentThreadHasCapability(ECapabilityPowerMgmt,__PLATSEC_DIAGNOSTIC_STRING("Checked by Hal function EDisplayHalSetState")))
|
sl@0
|
3784 |
return KErrPermissionDenied;
|
sl@0
|
3785 |
if ((TBool)a1)
|
sl@0
|
3786 |
WinsGuiPowerHandler->ScreenOn(aDeviceNumber);
|
sl@0
|
3787 |
else
|
sl@0
|
3788 |
WinsGuiPowerHandler->ScreenOff(aDeviceNumber);
|
sl@0
|
3789 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3790 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3791 |
|
sl@0
|
3792 |
case EDisplayHalState:
|
sl@0
|
3793 |
*(TInt*)a1=!systemIni->iScreens[aDeviceNumber]->iScreenOff;
|
sl@0
|
3794 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3795 |
case EDisplayHalWsSwitchOnScreen:
|
sl@0
|
3796 |
WinsGuiPowerHandler->ScreenOn();
|
sl@0
|
3797 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3798 |
case EDisplayHalMaxDisplayContrast:
|
sl@0
|
3799 |
kumemput32(a1,&KMaxDisplayContrast,sizeof(KMaxDisplayContrast));
|
sl@0
|
3800 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3801 |
case EDisplayHalDisplayContrast:
|
sl@0
|
3802 |
kumemput32(a1,&systemIni->iScreens[aDeviceNumber]->iDisplayContrast,sizeof(systemIni->iScreens[aDeviceNumber]->iDisplayContrast));
|
sl@0
|
3803 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3804 |
case EDisplayHalSetDisplayContrast:
|
sl@0
|
3805 |
if(!Kern::CurrentThreadHasCapability(ECapabilityWriteDeviceData,__PLATSEC_DIAGNOSTIC_STRING("Checked by Hal function EDisplayHalSetDisplayContrast")))
|
sl@0
|
3806 |
return KErrPermissionDenied;
|
sl@0
|
3807 |
if (TUint(a1) <= TUint(KMaxDisplayContrast))
|
sl@0
|
3808 |
systemIni->iScreens[aDeviceNumber]->iDisplayContrast = TInt(a1);
|
sl@0
|
3809 |
else
|
sl@0
|
3810 |
r = KErrArgument;
|
sl@0
|
3811 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3812 |
case EDisplayHalBacklightOn:
|
sl@0
|
3813 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3814 |
TBool c = EFalse;
|
sl@0
|
3815 |
kumemput32(a1,&c,sizeof(TBool));
|
sl@0
|
3816 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3817 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3818 |
|
sl@0
|
3819 |
case EDisplayHalCurrentModeInfo:
|
sl@0
|
3820 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3821 |
//a1 has ptr to buffer for results
|
sl@0
|
3822 |
TPckgBuf<TVideoInfoV01> vPckg;
|
sl@0
|
3823 |
if (systemIni->VideoInfo(aDeviceNumber, vPckg()))
|
sl@0
|
3824 |
Kern::InfoCopy(*(TDes8*)a1,vPckg);
|
sl@0
|
3825 |
else
|
sl@0
|
3826 |
r=KErrNotSupported;
|
sl@0
|
3827 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3828 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3829 |
|
sl@0
|
3830 |
case EDisplayHalSpecifiedModeInfo:
|
sl@0
|
3831 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3832 |
kumemget32(&mode, a1, sizeof(mode));
|
sl@0
|
3833 |
TPckgBuf<TVideoInfoV01> vPckg;
|
sl@0
|
3834 |
if (!systemIni->VideoInfo(aDeviceNumber, mode, vPckg()))
|
sl@0
|
3835 |
return KErrArgument;
|
sl@0
|
3836 |
Kern::InfoCopy(*(TDes8*)a2, vPckg);
|
sl@0
|
3837 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3838 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3839 |
|
sl@0
|
3840 |
case EDisplayHalSetMode:
|
sl@0
|
3841 |
// if(!Kern::CurrentThreadHasCapability(ECapabilityMultimediaDD,__PLATSEC_DIAGNOSTIC_STRING("Checked by Hal function EDisplayHalSetMode")))
|
sl@0
|
3842 |
// return KErrPermissionDenied;
|
sl@0
|
3843 |
|
sl@0
|
3844 |
//Note that at present the HAL mode does not apparently get set when the CFbsScreenDevice requires a different mode.
|
sl@0
|
3845 |
//At least in the emulator and default h4 implementation...
|
sl@0
|
3846 |
|
sl@0
|
3847 |
mode=KMaskModeNum&(TInt) a1;
|
sl@0
|
3848 |
maxMode=1;
|
sl@0
|
3849 |
//can't avoid this behaviour change test against gce loaded
|
sl@0
|
3850 |
if (masterIni->iBufferSet.Count() && masterIni->iBufferSet[aDeviceNumber].iDisplayDriverCount > 0)
|
sl@0
|
3851 |
maxMode=systemIni->iScreens[aDeviceNumber]->iMaxModes;
|
sl@0
|
3852 |
if (mode >=maxMode || mode<0)
|
sl@0
|
3853 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3854 |
r = KErrArgument;
|
sl@0
|
3855 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3856 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3857 |
//Harmless/Pointless in vanilla wins mode.
|
sl@0
|
3858 |
systemIni->iScreens[aDeviceNumber]->iCurrentMode=mode;
|
sl@0
|
3859 |
|
sl@0
|
3860 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3861 |
|
sl@0
|
3862 |
case EDisplayHalMode:
|
sl@0
|
3863 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3864 |
//This is always 0 in non-gce emulator
|
sl@0
|
3865 |
kumemput32(a1,&systemIni->iScreens[aDeviceNumber]->iCurrentMode,sizeof(systemIni->iScreens[aDeviceNumber]->iCurrentMode));
|
sl@0
|
3866 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3867 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3868 |
|
sl@0
|
3869 |
case EDisplayHalModeCount:
|
sl@0
|
3870 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3871 |
//Need to actually count them here!
|
sl@0
|
3872 |
//GCE will ignore modes<=8
|
sl@0
|
3873 |
TInt encodedMode=1;
|
sl@0
|
3874 |
if (masterIni->iBufferSet.Count() && masterIni->iBufferSet[aDeviceNumber].iDisplayDriverCount > 0)
|
sl@0
|
3875 |
encodedMode=systemIni->iScreens[aDeviceNumber]->iMaxModes;
|
sl@0
|
3876 |
kumemput32(a1,&encodedMode,sizeof(encodedMode));
|
sl@0
|
3877 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3878 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3879 |
|
sl@0
|
3880 |
case EDisplayHalColors:
|
sl@0
|
3881 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3882 |
TInt deepestMode=0;
|
sl@0
|
3883 |
if (masterIni->iBufferSet.Count()==0 || masterIni->iBufferSet[aDeviceNumber].iDisplayDriverCount <= 0)
|
sl@0
|
3884 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3885 |
deepestMode = KMaxDisplayColors; //I could try and work it out, but this is what used to happen!
|
sl@0
|
3886 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3887 |
else
|
sl@0
|
3888 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3889 |
TInt maxBpp=0;
|
sl@0
|
3890 |
for (TInt i=0,maxI=systemIni->iScreens[aDeviceNumber]->iMaxModes;i<maxI;i++)
|
sl@0
|
3891 |
if (systemIni->iScreens[aDeviceNumber]->iModeDepths[i]>maxBpp)
|
sl@0
|
3892 |
maxBpp=systemIni->iScreens[aDeviceNumber]->iModeDepths[i];
|
sl@0
|
3893 |
deepestMode= 1<<maxBpp;
|
sl@0
|
3894 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3895 |
|
sl@0
|
3896 |
kumemput32(a1,&deepestMode,sizeof(deepestMode));
|
sl@0
|
3897 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3898 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3899 |
case EDisplayHalGetDisplayMemoryHandle:
|
sl@0
|
3900 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3901 |
TInt val = 0;
|
sl@0
|
3902 |
TInt passedIn = 0;
|
sl@0
|
3903 |
kumemget32(&passedIn, a1, sizeof(TInt));
|
sl@0
|
3904 |
if (passedIn != -1) //not from a getall
|
sl@0
|
3905 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3906 |
NKern::ThreadEnterCS();
|
sl@0
|
3907 |
if (!(masterIni->iBufferSet.Count() == 0 || masterIni->iBufferSet[aDeviceNumber].iDisplayDriverCount <= 0 ))
|
sl@0
|
3908 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3909 |
r = masterIni->DisplayMemoryHandle(aDeviceNumber, val);
|
sl@0
|
3910 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3911 |
else
|
sl@0
|
3912 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3913 |
r = KErrArgument;
|
sl@0
|
3914 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3915 |
NKern::ThreadLeaveCS();
|
sl@0
|
3916 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3917 |
kumemput32(a1, &val, sizeof(TInt));
|
sl@0
|
3918 |
|
sl@0
|
3919 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3920 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3921 |
|
sl@0
|
3922 |
case EDisplayHalGetDisplayMemoryAddress:
|
sl@0
|
3923 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3924 |
TInt val = 0;
|
sl@0
|
3925 |
TInt passedIn = 0;
|
sl@0
|
3926 |
kumemget32(&passedIn, a1, sizeof(TInt));
|
sl@0
|
3927 |
if (passedIn != -1) //not from a getall
|
sl@0
|
3928 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3929 |
if (!(masterIni->iBufferSet.Count() == 0 || masterIni->iBufferSet[aDeviceNumber].iDisplayDriverCount <= 0 ))
|
sl@0
|
3930 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3931 |
r = masterIni->DisplayMemoryAddress(aDeviceNumber, val);
|
sl@0
|
3932 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3933 |
else
|
sl@0
|
3934 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3935 |
r = KErrArgument;
|
sl@0
|
3936 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3937 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3938 |
kumemput32(a1, &val, sizeof(TInt));
|
sl@0
|
3939 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3940 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3941 |
|
sl@0
|
3942 |
case EDisplayHalNumberOfResolutions:
|
sl@0
|
3943 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3944 |
r = NumberOfResolutions(aDeviceNumber, a1, a2);
|
sl@0
|
3945 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3946 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3947 |
case EDisplayHalSpecificScreenInfo:
|
sl@0
|
3948 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3949 |
r = SpecificScreenInfo(aDeviceNumber, a1, a2);
|
sl@0
|
3950 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3951 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3952 |
case EDisplayHalCurrentScreenInfo:
|
sl@0
|
3953 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3954 |
r = CurrentScreenInfo(aDeviceNumber, a1, a2);
|
sl@0
|
3955 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3956 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3957 |
case EDisplayHalSetDisplayState:
|
sl@0
|
3958 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3959 |
//increase the spinner at both beginning and end of resetting the display state
|
sl@0
|
3960 |
NKern::LockedInc(iBufferSet[aDeviceNumber].iStateChangeCount);
|
sl@0
|
3961 |
kumemget32(&iBufferSet[aDeviceNumber].iDisplayState, a1, sizeof(TInt));
|
sl@0
|
3962 |
|
sl@0
|
3963 |
switch(iBufferSet[aDeviceNumber].iDisplayState)
|
sl@0
|
3964 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3965 |
case ENoResolution:
|
sl@0
|
3966 |
case EDisconnect:
|
sl@0
|
3967 |
case ESingleResolution:
|
sl@0
|
3968 |
// the fascia effect of 0x0 resolution
|
sl@0
|
3969 |
SetDisplaySize(aDeviceNumber, 0, 0);
|
sl@0
|
3970 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3971 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3972 |
|
sl@0
|
3973 |
NKern::LockedInc(iBufferSet[aDeviceNumber].iStateChangeCount);
|
sl@0
|
3974 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3975 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3976 |
case EDisplayHalGetStateSpinner:
|
sl@0
|
3977 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3978 |
kumemput32(a1,&iBufferSet[aDeviceNumber].iStateChangeCount,
|
sl@0
|
3979 |
sizeof(iBufferSet[aDeviceNumber].iStateChangeCount));
|
sl@0
|
3980 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3981 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3982 |
default:
|
sl@0
|
3983 |
r=KErrNotSupported;
|
sl@0
|
3984 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3985 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3986 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
3987 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3988 |
|
sl@0
|
3989 |
TInt DMasterIni::NumberOfResolutions(TInt aDeviceNumber, TAny* a1, TAny* a2)
|
sl@0
|
3990 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3991 |
TInt numberOfConfigs;
|
sl@0
|
3992 |
switch(iBufferSet[aDeviceNumber].iDisplayState)
|
sl@0
|
3993 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3994 |
case ENoResolution:
|
sl@0
|
3995 |
{
|
sl@0
|
3996 |
numberOfConfigs = 0;
|
sl@0
|
3997 |
}
|
sl@0
|
3998 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
3999 |
case EDisconnect:
|
sl@0
|
4000 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4001 |
return KErrDisconnected;
|
sl@0
|
4002 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4003 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
4004 |
case ESingleResolution:
|
sl@0
|
4005 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4006 |
numberOfConfigs = 1;
|
sl@0
|
4007 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4008 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
4009 |
case ENormalResolution:
|
sl@0
|
4010 |
default:
|
sl@0
|
4011 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4012 |
numberOfConfigs = iSystemInis.Count();
|
sl@0
|
4013 |
if (numberOfConfigs > 1)
|
sl@0
|
4014 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4015 |
TVideoInfoV01 info1;
|
sl@0
|
4016 |
TVideoInfoV01 info2;
|
sl@0
|
4017 |
iSystemInis[0]->VideoInfoForDisplayDriver(aDeviceNumber, 0, info1, ETrue);
|
sl@0
|
4018 |
iSystemInis[1]->VideoInfoForDisplayDriver(aDeviceNumber, 0, info2, ETrue);
|
sl@0
|
4019 |
if (info1.iSizeInPixels.iWidth == info2.iSizeInPixels.iWidth &&
|
sl@0
|
4020 |
info1.iSizeInPixels.iHeight == info2.iSizeInPixels.iHeight)
|
sl@0
|
4021 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4022 |
numberOfConfigs = 1; //It looks like all resolutions for this device are the same
|
sl@0
|
4023 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4024 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4025 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4026 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4027 |
kumemput32(a1,&numberOfConfigs,sizeof(numberOfConfigs));
|
sl@0
|
4028 |
if(a2)
|
sl@0
|
4029 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4030 |
kumemput32(a2,&(iBufferSet[aDeviceNumber].iStateChangeCount),sizeof(iBufferSet[aDeviceNumber].iStateChangeCount));
|
sl@0
|
4031 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4032 |
return KErrNone;
|
sl@0
|
4033 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4034 |
|
sl@0
|
4035 |
TInt DMasterIni::SpecificScreenInfo(TInt aDeviceNumber, TAny* a1, TAny* a2)
|
sl@0
|
4036 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4037 |
TInt config;
|
sl@0
|
4038 |
switch(iBufferSet[aDeviceNumber].iDisplayState)
|
sl@0
|
4039 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4040 |
case ENoResolution: //Do Nothing
|
sl@0
|
4041 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
4042 |
case EDisconnect:
|
sl@0
|
4043 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4044 |
return KErrDisconnected;
|
sl@0
|
4045 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4046 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
4047 |
case ESingleResolution: //fill (0,0) as the only element in resolution array
|
sl@0
|
4048 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4049 |
if(*(TInt*)a1 == 0)
|
sl@0
|
4050 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4051 |
TVideoInfoV01 info;
|
sl@0
|
4052 |
info.iSizeInPixels.iHeight = 0;
|
sl@0
|
4053 |
info.iSizeInPixels.iWidth = 0;
|
sl@0
|
4054 |
info.iSizeInTwips.iHeight = 0;
|
sl@0
|
4055 |
info.iSizeInTwips.iWidth = 0;
|
sl@0
|
4056 |
TPtr8 infoPtr((TUint8*)&info, sizeof(info), sizeof(info));
|
sl@0
|
4057 |
Kern::InfoCopy(*(TDes8*)a2, infoPtr);
|
sl@0
|
4058 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4059 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4060 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
4061 |
case ENormalResolution:
|
sl@0
|
4062 |
default:
|
sl@0
|
4063 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4064 |
kumemget32(&config, a1, sizeof(config));
|
sl@0
|
4065 |
TPckgBuf<TVideoInfoV01> vPckg;
|
sl@0
|
4066 |
iSystemInis[config]->VideoInfoForDisplayDriver(aDeviceNumber, 0, vPckg(), ETrue);
|
sl@0
|
4067 |
Kern::InfoCopy(*(TDes8*)a2,vPckg);
|
sl@0
|
4068 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4069 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4070 |
return KErrNone;
|
sl@0
|
4071 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4072 |
|
sl@0
|
4073 |
TInt DMasterIni::CurrentScreenInfo(TInt aDeviceNumber, TAny* a1, TAny* /*a2*/)
|
sl@0
|
4074 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4075 |
switch(iBufferSet[aDeviceNumber].iDisplayState)
|
sl@0
|
4076 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4077 |
case ENoResolution: //Do Nothing
|
sl@0
|
4078 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
4079 |
case EDisconnect:
|
sl@0
|
4080 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4081 |
return KErrDisconnected;
|
sl@0
|
4082 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4083 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
4084 |
case ESingleResolution: //fill (0,0)
|
sl@0
|
4085 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4086 |
TVideoInfoV01 info;
|
sl@0
|
4087 |
info.iSizeInPixels.iHeight = 0;
|
sl@0
|
4088 |
info.iSizeInPixels.iWidth = 0;
|
sl@0
|
4089 |
info.iSizeInTwips.iHeight = 0;
|
sl@0
|
4090 |
info.iSizeInTwips.iWidth = 0;
|
sl@0
|
4091 |
TPtr8 infoPtr((TUint8*)&info, sizeof(info), sizeof(info));
|
sl@0
|
4092 |
Kern::InfoCopy(*(TDes8*)a1, infoPtr);
|
sl@0
|
4093 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4094 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
4095 |
case ENormalResolution:
|
sl@0
|
4096 |
default:
|
sl@0
|
4097 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4098 |
TPckgBuf<TVideoInfoV01> vPckg;
|
sl@0
|
4099 |
systemIni->VideoInfoForDisplayDriver(aDeviceNumber, 0, vPckg(), ETrue);
|
sl@0
|
4100 |
Kern::InfoCopy(*(TDes8*)a1,vPckg);
|
sl@0
|
4101 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4102 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4103 |
return KErrNone;
|
sl@0
|
4104 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4105 |
|
sl@0
|
4106 |
TInt DMasterIni::DoXYHalFunction(TAny* aThis, TInt aFunction, TAny* a1, TAny* a2)
|
sl@0
|
4107 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4108 |
return static_cast<DMasterIni*>(aThis)->XYHalFunction(aFunction,a1,a2);
|
sl@0
|
4109 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4110 |
|
sl@0
|
4111 |
TInt DMasterIni::XYHalFunction(TInt aFunction, TAny* a1, TAny* /*a2*/)
|
sl@0
|
4112 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4113 |
TInt r=KErrNone;
|
sl@0
|
4114 |
switch(aFunction)
|
sl@0
|
4115 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4116 |
case EDigitiserHalXYInfo:
|
sl@0
|
4117 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4118 |
if(systemIni->iXYInputType==EXYInputPointer)
|
sl@0
|
4119 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4120 |
TPckgBuf<TDigitiserInfoV01> vPckg;
|
sl@0
|
4121 |
TDigitiserInfoV01& xyinfo=vPckg();
|
sl@0
|
4122 |
xyinfo.iDigitiserSize.iWidth=max(systemIni->iScreens[0]->iXYInputWidth,systemIni->iScreens[0]->iMaxScreenWidth+systemIni->iScreens[0]->iScreenOffsetX);
|
sl@0
|
4123 |
xyinfo.iDigitiserSize.iHeight=max(systemIni->iScreens[0]->iXYInputHeight,systemIni->iScreens[0]->iMaxScreenHeight+systemIni->iScreens[0]->iScreenOffsetY);
|
sl@0
|
4124 |
xyinfo.iOffsetToDisplay.iX=systemIni->iScreens[0]->iScreenOffsetX;
|
sl@0
|
4125 |
xyinfo.iOffsetToDisplay.iY=systemIni->iScreens[0]->iScreenOffsetY;
|
sl@0
|
4126 |
Kern::InfoCopy(*(TDes8*)a1,vPckg);
|
sl@0
|
4127 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4128 |
else
|
sl@0
|
4129 |
r=KErrNotSupported;
|
sl@0
|
4130 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4131 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
4132 |
default:
|
sl@0
|
4133 |
r=KErrNotSupported;
|
sl@0
|
4134 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
4135 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4136 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
4137 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4138 |
|
sl@0
|
4139 |
TInt DMasterIni::DoMouseHalFunction(TAny* aThis, TInt aFunction, TAny* a1, TAny* a2)
|
sl@0
|
4140 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4141 |
return static_cast<DMasterIni*>(aThis)->MouseHalFunction(aFunction,a1,a2);
|
sl@0
|
4142 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4143 |
|
sl@0
|
4144 |
TInt DMasterIni::MouseHalFunction(TInt aFunction, TAny* a1, TAny* /*a2*/)
|
sl@0
|
4145 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4146 |
TInt r=KErrNone;
|
sl@0
|
4147 |
switch(aFunction)
|
sl@0
|
4148 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4149 |
case EMouseHalMouseInfo:
|
sl@0
|
4150 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4151 |
if(systemIni->iXYInputType==EXYInputMouse || systemIni->iXYInputType==EXYInputDeltaMouse)
|
sl@0
|
4152 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4153 |
TPckgBuf<TMouseInfoV01> vPckg;
|
sl@0
|
4154 |
TMouseInfoV01& xyinfo=vPckg();
|
sl@0
|
4155 |
xyinfo.iMouseButtons=2;
|
sl@0
|
4156 |
xyinfo.iMouseAreaSize.iWidth=max(systemIni->iScreens[0]->iXYInputWidth,systemIni->iScreens[0]->iMaxScreenWidth+systemIni->iScreens[0]->iScreenOffsetX);
|
sl@0
|
4157 |
xyinfo.iMouseAreaSize.iHeight=max(systemIni->iScreens[0]->iXYInputHeight,systemIni->iScreens[0]->iMaxScreenHeight+systemIni->iScreens[0]->iScreenOffsetY);
|
sl@0
|
4158 |
xyinfo.iOffsetToDisplay.iX=systemIni->iScreens[0]->iScreenOffsetX;
|
sl@0
|
4159 |
xyinfo.iOffsetToDisplay.iY=systemIni->iScreens[0]->iScreenOffsetY;
|
sl@0
|
4160 |
Kern::InfoCopy(*(TDes8*)a1,vPckg);
|
sl@0
|
4161 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4162 |
else
|
sl@0
|
4163 |
r=KErrNotSupported;
|
sl@0
|
4164 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4165 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
4166 |
default:
|
sl@0
|
4167 |
r=KErrNotSupported;
|
sl@0
|
4168 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
4169 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4170 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
4171 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4172 |
|
sl@0
|
4173 |
TInt DMasterIni::DoKbdHalFunction(TAny* /*aThis*/, TInt aFunction, TAny* /*a1*/, TAny* /*a2*/)
|
sl@0
|
4174 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4175 |
// don't actually do anything, just enough to report a Keyboard is present
|
sl@0
|
4176 |
TInt r=KErrNone;
|
sl@0
|
4177 |
if(aFunction!=EKeyboardHalKeyboardInfo)
|
sl@0
|
4178 |
r=KErrNotSupported;
|
sl@0
|
4179 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
4180 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4181 |
|
sl@0
|
4182 |
void Inactive()
|
sl@0
|
4183 |
//
|
sl@0
|
4184 |
// Window has been minimised.
|
sl@0
|
4185 |
//
|
sl@0
|
4186 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4187 |
|
sl@0
|
4188 |
TRawEvent v;
|
sl@0
|
4189 |
v.Set(TRawEvent::EInactive);
|
sl@0
|
4190 |
TheEventQ.Add(v);
|
sl@0
|
4191 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4192 |
|
sl@0
|
4193 |
void UpdateModifiers()
|
sl@0
|
4194 |
//Updates the modifier key states and sends an event to wserv about the
|
sl@0
|
4195 |
//change in state
|
sl@0
|
4196 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4197 |
TRawEvent v;
|
sl@0
|
4198 |
TInt modifiers=0;
|
sl@0
|
4199 |
if(GetKeyState(VK_SCROLL)&1)
|
sl@0
|
4200 |
modifiers|=EModifierScrollLock;
|
sl@0
|
4201 |
if(GetKeyState(VK_NUMLOCK)&1)
|
sl@0
|
4202 |
modifiers|=EModifierNumLock;
|
sl@0
|
4203 |
if(GetKeyState(VK_CAPITAL)&1)
|
sl@0
|
4204 |
modifiers|=EModifierCapsLock;
|
sl@0
|
4205 |
v.Set(TRawEvent::EUpdateModifiers,modifiers);
|
sl@0
|
4206 |
TheEventQ.Add(v);
|
sl@0
|
4207 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4208 |
|
sl@0
|
4209 |
void Active()
|
sl@0
|
4210 |
//
|
sl@0
|
4211 |
// Window has been restored.
|
sl@0
|
4212 |
// Update the toggling modifiers, reset any others
|
sl@0
|
4213 |
//
|
sl@0
|
4214 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4215 |
TRawEvent v;
|
sl@0
|
4216 |
UpdateModifiers();
|
sl@0
|
4217 |
v.Set(TRawEvent::EActive);
|
sl@0
|
4218 |
TheEventQ.Add(v);
|
sl@0
|
4219 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4220 |
|
sl@0
|
4221 |
|
sl@0
|
4222 |
void ClearScreen()
|
sl@0
|
4223 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4224 |
|
sl@0
|
4225 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4226 |
|
sl@0
|
4227 |
|
sl@0
|
4228 |
TInt DWinsUi::GetVirtualKey(TEmulCommand& aCommand, TInt aX, TInt aY)
|
sl@0
|
4229 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4230 |
//if the point is in the list of shapes, set the key and return true
|
sl@0
|
4231 |
for (TInt keyCount = iVirtualKeys.Count(); --keyCount >= 0; )
|
sl@0
|
4232 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4233 |
const VirtualKey& vk = *iVirtualKeys[keyCount];
|
sl@0
|
4234 |
if (vk.Contains(aX, aY))
|
sl@0
|
4235 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4236 |
aCommand = vk.Command();
|
sl@0
|
4237 |
return vk.Value();
|
sl@0
|
4238 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4239 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4240 |
return -1;
|
sl@0
|
4241 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4242 |
|
sl@0
|
4243 |
void DWinsUi::TranslateMouseCoords(const TEmulatorFlip aFlipState, const TInt aX, const TInt aY, const TInt aRegionWidth, const TInt aRegionHeight, TInt& aNewX, TInt& aNewY)
|
sl@0
|
4244 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4245 |
switch (aFlipState)
|
sl@0
|
4246 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4247 |
case EEmulatorFlipRestore:
|
sl@0
|
4248 |
aNewX = aX;
|
sl@0
|
4249 |
aNewY = aY;
|
sl@0
|
4250 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
4251 |
|
sl@0
|
4252 |
case EEmulatorFlipInvert:
|
sl@0
|
4253 |
aNewX = aRegionWidth - aX;
|
sl@0
|
4254 |
aNewY = aRegionHeight - aY;
|
sl@0
|
4255 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
4256 |
|
sl@0
|
4257 |
case EEmulatorFlipLeft:
|
sl@0
|
4258 |
aNewX = aRegionWidth - aY;
|
sl@0
|
4259 |
aNewY = aX;
|
sl@0
|
4260 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
4261 |
|
sl@0
|
4262 |
case EEmulatorFlipRight:
|
sl@0
|
4263 |
aNewX = aY;
|
sl@0
|
4264 |
aNewY = aRegionHeight - aX;
|
sl@0
|
4265 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
4266 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4267 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4268 |
|
sl@0
|
4269 |
|
sl@0
|
4270 |
TBool DWinsUi::OnScreen(TInt aScreen, TInt ax, TInt ay) const
|
sl@0
|
4271 |
//
|
sl@0
|
4272 |
// Checks if a point within the Emulator window is on the screen
|
sl@0
|
4273 |
//
|
sl@0
|
4274 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4275 |
return (TUint(ax) < TUint(systemIni->iScreens[aScreen]->iScreenWidth) && TUint(ay) < TUint(systemIni->iScreens[aScreen]->iScreenHeight));
|
sl@0
|
4276 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4277 |
|
sl@0
|
4278 |
TInt DWinsUi::Create(TInt aId)
|
sl@0
|
4279 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4280 |
TInt r = SetupProperties(aId);
|
sl@0
|
4281 |
if (r != KErrNone)
|
sl@0
|
4282 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
4283 |
TInt screen;
|
sl@0
|
4284 |
DScreenProperties* currentScreen = NULL;
|
sl@0
|
4285 |
for(screen=0;screen<iScreens.Count();screen++)
|
sl@0
|
4286 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4287 |
BITMAPINFOHEADER bitmapinfo;
|
sl@0
|
4288 |
currentScreen = iScreens[screen];
|
sl@0
|
4289 |
if (readBitmapInfo(&bitmapinfo, currentScreen->iFasciaFileName) == KErrNone)
|
sl@0
|
4290 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4291 |
currentScreen->iXYInputWidth=bitmapinfo.biWidth;
|
sl@0
|
4292 |
currentScreen->iXYInputHeight=bitmapinfo.biHeight;
|
sl@0
|
4293 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4294 |
currentScreen->iXYInputWidth=max(currentScreen->iXYInputWidth,currentScreen->iScreenWidth+currentScreen->iScreenOffsetX);
|
sl@0
|
4295 |
currentScreen->iXYInputHeight=max(currentScreen->iXYInputHeight,currentScreen->iScreenHeight+currentScreen->iScreenOffsetY);
|
sl@0
|
4296 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4297 |
|
sl@0
|
4298 |
currentScreen = iScreens[0];
|
sl@0
|
4299 |
//note digitizer offsets are relative to EPOC screen 0
|
sl@0
|
4300 |
if (-1 == iDigitizerWidth)
|
sl@0
|
4301 |
iDigitizerWidth = currentScreen->iXYInputWidth -
|
sl@0
|
4302 |
(currentScreen->iScreenOffsetX + iDigitizerOffsetX);
|
sl@0
|
4303 |
else
|
sl@0
|
4304 |
currentScreen->iXYInputWidth=max(currentScreen->iXYInputWidth,iDigitizerWidth);
|
sl@0
|
4305 |
|
sl@0
|
4306 |
if (-1 == iDigitizerHeight)
|
sl@0
|
4307 |
iDigitizerHeight = currentScreen->iXYInputHeight -
|
sl@0
|
4308 |
(currentScreen->iScreenOffsetY + iDigitizerOffsetY);
|
sl@0
|
4309 |
else
|
sl@0
|
4310 |
currentScreen->iXYInputHeight=max(currentScreen->iXYInputHeight,iDigitizerHeight);
|
sl@0
|
4311 |
|
sl@0
|
4312 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
4313 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4314 |
|
sl@0
|
4315 |
const RDisplayChannel::TPixelFormat DMasterIni::iSupportedPixelFormatTable[] =
|
sl@0
|
4316 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4317 |
EUidPixelFormatXRGB_8888,
|
sl@0
|
4318 |
EUidPixelFormatARGB_8888,
|
sl@0
|
4319 |
EUidPixelFormatARGB_8888_PRE,
|
sl@0
|
4320 |
EUidPixelFormatXRGB_4444,
|
sl@0
|
4321 |
EUidPixelFormatARGB_4444,
|
sl@0
|
4322 |
EUidPixelFormatRGB_565
|
sl@0
|
4323 |
};
|
sl@0
|
4324 |
|
sl@0
|
4325 |
const TInt DMasterIni::iSupportedPixelFormatTableSize = static_cast<TInt>(sizeof(iSupportedPixelFormatTable)/
|
sl@0
|
4326 |
sizeof(iSupportedPixelFormatTable[0]));
|
sl@0
|
4327 |
|
sl@0
|
4328 |
void DMasterIni::InitBufferFormat(DScreenProperties& aScreenProperties, RDisplayChannel::TBufferFormat& aBufferFormat)
|
sl@0
|
4329 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4330 |
TUint bitsPerPixel = MaximumBitDepthFromMask(aScreenProperties.iColorDepth);
|
sl@0
|
4331 |
|
sl@0
|
4332 |
aBufferFormat.iSize.iWidth = aScreenProperties.iMaxScreenWidth;
|
sl@0
|
4333 |
aBufferFormat.iSize.iHeight = aScreenProperties.iMaxScreenHeight;
|
sl@0
|
4334 |
switch (bitsPerPixel)
|
sl@0
|
4335 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4336 |
case 12: // XRGB4444
|
sl@0
|
4337 |
aBufferFormat.iPixelFormat = EUidPixelFormatXRGB_4444;
|
sl@0
|
4338 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
4339 |
case 16: // RGB565
|
sl@0
|
4340 |
aBufferFormat.iPixelFormat = EUidPixelFormatRGB_565;
|
sl@0
|
4341 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
4342 |
case 24: // Really 32bpp, but top 8 unused
|
sl@0
|
4343 |
case 32: // While 32bpp, top 8 will not be used
|
sl@0
|
4344 |
default:
|
sl@0
|
4345 |
aBufferFormat.iPixelFormat = EUidPixelFormatXRGB_8888;
|
sl@0
|
4346 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
4347 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4348 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4349 |
|
sl@0
|
4350 |
TInt DMasterIni::Create()
|
sl@0
|
4351 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4352 |
TInt configurations = Property::GetInt("ConfigCount", 0);
|
sl@0
|
4353 |
if (configurations == 0)
|
sl@0
|
4354 |
return KErrGeneral;
|
sl@0
|
4355 |
|
sl@0
|
4356 |
// the pixel formats table is, at present, configuration independent
|
sl@0
|
4357 |
TInt count;
|
sl@0
|
4358 |
TInt r = KErrNone;
|
sl@0
|
4359 |
for (count = 0; count < configurations && r == KErrNone; ++count)
|
sl@0
|
4360 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4361 |
DWinsUi* dwi = new DWinsUi;
|
sl@0
|
4362 |
if (dwi)
|
sl@0
|
4363 |
r = dwi->Create(count);
|
sl@0
|
4364 |
|
sl@0
|
4365 |
if (r == KErrNone)
|
sl@0
|
4366 |
iSystemInis.Append(dwi);
|
sl@0
|
4367 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4368 |
if (r != KErrNone)
|
sl@0
|
4369 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
4370 |
|
sl@0
|
4371 |
systemIni = masterIni->iSystemInis[0];
|
sl@0
|
4372 |
|
sl@0
|
4373 |
WinsGuiPowerHandler = DWinsGuiPowerHandler::New();
|
sl@0
|
4374 |
if (!WinsGuiPowerHandler)
|
sl@0
|
4375 |
return KErrNoMemory;
|
sl@0
|
4376 |
|
sl@0
|
4377 |
TheWin=new HWND[systemIni->iScreens.Count()];
|
sl@0
|
4378 |
TheChildWin=new HWND[systemIni->iScreens.Count()];
|
sl@0
|
4379 |
TheScreenBitmap=new HBITMAP[systemIni->iScreens.Count()];
|
sl@0
|
4380 |
CurrentFlipState=new TEmulatorFlip[systemIni->iScreens.Count()];
|
sl@0
|
4381 |
|
sl@0
|
4382 |
if(!TheWin || !TheChildWin || !TheScreenBitmap || !CurrentFlipState)
|
sl@0
|
4383 |
return KErrNoMemory;
|
sl@0
|
4384 |
memset(CurrentFlipState,EEmulatorFlipRestore,systemIni->iScreens.Count());
|
sl@0
|
4385 |
|
sl@0
|
4386 |
TBufferSet buffer;
|
sl@0
|
4387 |
buffer.iDisplayDriverCount = 0;
|
sl@0
|
4388 |
buffer.iDisplayState = ENormalResolution;
|
sl@0
|
4389 |
buffer.iDisplayBuffer = 0;
|
sl@0
|
4390 |
buffer.iDisplayChannel = NULL;
|
sl@0
|
4391 |
|
sl@0
|
4392 |
|
sl@0
|
4393 |
TInt i;
|
sl@0
|
4394 |
for(i=0;i<systemIni->iScreens.Count();i++)
|
sl@0
|
4395 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4396 |
DScreenProperties *pScr = systemIni->iScreens[i];
|
sl@0
|
4397 |
|
sl@0
|
4398 |
masterIni->InitBitmapHeader(*pScr, &buffer.iInfo);
|
sl@0
|
4399 |
masterIni->InitBufferFormat(*pScr, buffer.iBufferFormat);
|
sl@0
|
4400 |
|
sl@0
|
4401 |
r = masterIni->iBufferSet.Append(buffer);
|
sl@0
|
4402 |
if (r != KErrNone)
|
sl@0
|
4403 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
4404 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4405 |
|
sl@0
|
4406 |
if (CreateWin32Thread(EThreadEvent, &KernelWindowThread, NULL, ETrue) == NULL)
|
sl@0
|
4407 |
return KErrGeneral;
|
sl@0
|
4408 |
|
sl@0
|
4409 |
for(i=0;i<systemIni->iScreens.Count();i++)
|
sl@0
|
4410 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4411 |
r = Kern::AddHalEntry(EHalGroupDisplay,&DoHalFunction,(TAny*)i,i);
|
sl@0
|
4412 |
if (r != KErrNone)
|
sl@0
|
4413 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
4414 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4415 |
|
sl@0
|
4416 |
// should really come from Keyboard driver, but not doing it now...
|
sl@0
|
4417 |
r = Kern::AddHalEntry(EHalGroupKeyboard,&DoKbdHalFunction,this);
|
sl@0
|
4418 |
if (r != KErrNone)
|
sl@0
|
4419 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
4420 |
|
sl@0
|
4421 |
if(systemIni->iXYInputType==EXYInputPointer)
|
sl@0
|
4422 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4423 |
r = Kern::AddHalEntry(EHalGroupDigitiser,&DoXYHalFunction,this);
|
sl@0
|
4424 |
if (r != KErrNone)
|
sl@0
|
4425 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
4426 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4427 |
else if(systemIni->iXYInputType==EXYInputMouse || systemIni->iXYInputType==EXYInputDeltaMouse)
|
sl@0
|
4428 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4429 |
r = Kern::AddHalEntry(EHalGroupMouse,&DoMouseHalFunction,this);
|
sl@0
|
4430 |
if (r != KErrNone)
|
sl@0
|
4431 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
4432 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4433 |
|
sl@0
|
4434 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
4435 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4436 |
|
sl@0
|
4437 |
void DMasterIni::InitBitmapHeader(DScreenProperties& aScreenProperties, LPBITMAPV4HEADER aInfo)
|
sl@0
|
4438 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4439 |
TInt width = aScreenProperties.iMaxScreenWidth;
|
sl@0
|
4440 |
TInt height = aScreenProperties.iMaxScreenHeight;
|
sl@0
|
4441 |
TUint bitsPerPixel = MaximumBitDepthFromMask(aScreenProperties.iColorDepth);
|
sl@0
|
4442 |
|
sl@0
|
4443 |
memset(aInfo, 0, sizeof(BITMAPV4HEADER));
|
sl@0
|
4444 |
|
sl@0
|
4445 |
switch (bitsPerPixel)
|
sl@0
|
4446 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4447 |
case 12: // XRGB4444
|
sl@0
|
4448 |
aInfo->bV4BitCount = 16;
|
sl@0
|
4449 |
aInfo->bV4V4Compression = BI_BITFIELDS;
|
sl@0
|
4450 |
aInfo->bV4RedMask = 0x0F00;
|
sl@0
|
4451 |
aInfo->bV4GreenMask = 0x00F0;
|
sl@0
|
4452 |
aInfo->bV4BlueMask = 0x000F;
|
sl@0
|
4453 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
4454 |
case 16: // RGB565
|
sl@0
|
4455 |
aInfo->bV4BitCount = 16;
|
sl@0
|
4456 |
aInfo->bV4V4Compression = BI_BITFIELDS;
|
sl@0
|
4457 |
aInfo->bV4RedMask = 0xF800;
|
sl@0
|
4458 |
aInfo->bV4GreenMask = 0x07E0;
|
sl@0
|
4459 |
aInfo->bV4BlueMask = 0x001F;
|
sl@0
|
4460 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
4461 |
case 24: // Really 32bpp, but top 8 unused
|
sl@0
|
4462 |
case 32: // While 32bpp, top 8 will not be used
|
sl@0
|
4463 |
default:
|
sl@0
|
4464 |
aInfo->bV4BitCount = 32;
|
sl@0
|
4465 |
aInfo->bV4V4Compression = BI_RGB;
|
sl@0
|
4466 |
// Mask is implicit for BI_RGB compression
|
sl@0
|
4467 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
4468 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4469 |
|
sl@0
|
4470 |
aInfo->bV4Size = sizeof(BITMAPV4HEADER);
|
sl@0
|
4471 |
aInfo->bV4Width = width;
|
sl@0
|
4472 |
aInfo->bV4Height = -height; // Bitmap runs top to bottom
|
sl@0
|
4473 |
aInfo->bV4Planes = 1;
|
sl@0
|
4474 |
|
sl@0
|
4475 |
TInt bpp = _ALIGN_UP(aInfo->bV4BitCount, 16); //12 & 16 --> 16 ; 24 & 32 --> 32
|
sl@0
|
4476 |
TInt widthInPixel = aInfo->bV4Width * bpp;
|
sl@0
|
4477 |
//rounding to 32 bits (4 octets) and converting, then, bits to octets;
|
sl@0
|
4478 |
TInt scanLineInBytes = _ALIGN_UP(widthInPixel, 32) >> 3;
|
sl@0
|
4479 |
aInfo->bV4SizeImage = -aInfo->bV4Height * scanLineInBytes;
|
sl@0
|
4480 |
|
sl@0
|
4481 |
// Set color space as uncalibrated. All other members are then ignored.
|
sl@0
|
4482 |
#if defined(LCS_DEVICE_RGB)
|
sl@0
|
4483 |
aInfo->bV4CSType = LCS_DEVICE_RGB;
|
sl@0
|
4484 |
#elif defined(LCS_sRGB)
|
sl@0
|
4485 |
aInfo->bV4CSType = LCS_sRGB;
|
sl@0
|
4486 |
#endif
|
sl@0
|
4487 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4488 |
|
sl@0
|
4489 |
// Helper function that allocates a single frame buffer.
|
sl@0
|
4490 |
static TInt AllocateOneFrameBuffer(TInt aSize, TScreenBuffer &aScreenBuffer)
|
sl@0
|
4491 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4492 |
// Open shared chunk to the composition framebuffer
|
sl@0
|
4493 |
DChunk* chunk = 0;
|
sl@0
|
4494 |
// round to page size
|
sl@0
|
4495 |
if (aSize <= 0)
|
sl@0
|
4496 |
return KErrArgument;
|
sl@0
|
4497 |
TUint round = Kern::RoundToPageSize(aSize);
|
sl@0
|
4498 |
TLinAddr chunkKernelAddr = 0;
|
sl@0
|
4499 |
TUint32 physicalAddress = 0;
|
sl@0
|
4500 |
TUint32 chunkMapAttr = 0;
|
sl@0
|
4501 |
|
sl@0
|
4502 |
// create shared chunk
|
sl@0
|
4503 |
NKern::ThreadEnterCS();
|
sl@0
|
4504 |
|
sl@0
|
4505 |
TChunkCreateInfo info;
|
sl@0
|
4506 |
info.iType = TChunkCreateInfo::ESharedKernelMultiple;
|
sl@0
|
4507 |
info.iMaxSize = round;
|
sl@0
|
4508 |
info.iMapAttr = 0;
|
sl@0
|
4509 |
info.iOwnsMemory = ETrue;
|
sl@0
|
4510 |
info.iDestroyedDfc = 0;
|
sl@0
|
4511 |
|
sl@0
|
4512 |
TInt r = Kern::ChunkCreate(info, chunk, chunkKernelAddr, chunkMapAttr);
|
sl@0
|
4513 |
if (r == KErrNone)
|
sl@0
|
4514 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4515 |
// map our chunk to specific
|
sl@0
|
4516 |
r = Kern::ChunkCommitContiguous(chunk, 0, aSize, physicalAddress);
|
sl@0
|
4517 |
if (r != KErrNone)
|
sl@0
|
4518 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4519 |
Kern::ChunkClose(chunk);
|
sl@0
|
4520 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4521 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4522 |
|
sl@0
|
4523 |
if (r == KErrNone)
|
sl@0
|
4524 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4525 |
TBufferAddressA* bufferAddress = new TBufferAddressA;
|
sl@0
|
4526 |
if (!bufferAddress)
|
sl@0
|
4527 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4528 |
r = KErrNoMemory;
|
sl@0
|
4529 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4530 |
else
|
sl@0
|
4531 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4532 |
bufferAddress->iAddress = (TAny*)chunkKernelAddr;
|
sl@0
|
4533 |
bufferAddress->iChunk = chunk;
|
sl@0
|
4534 |
|
sl@0
|
4535 |
if ((r = aScreenBuffer.iFrameBuffers.Append(bufferAddress->iAddress)) == KErrNone)
|
sl@0
|
4536 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4537 |
r = aScreenBuffer.iMemChunks.Append(bufferAddress);
|
sl@0
|
4538 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4539 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4540 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4541 |
if (r != KErrNone)
|
sl@0
|
4542 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4543 |
Kern::ChunkClose(chunk);
|
sl@0
|
4544 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4545 |
NKern::ThreadLeaveCS();
|
sl@0
|
4546 |
return KErrNone;
|
sl@0
|
4547 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4548 |
|
sl@0
|
4549 |
TInt DMasterIni::AllocateFrameBuffers(TInt aScreenNumber, TInt aCount, TInt aSize)
|
sl@0
|
4550 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4551 |
while (aCount--)
|
sl@0
|
4552 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4553 |
TInt r = AllocateOneFrameBuffer(aSize, masterIni->iBufferSet[aScreenNumber].iScreenBuffer);
|
sl@0
|
4554 |
if (r != KErrNone)
|
sl@0
|
4555 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4556 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
4557 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4558 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4559 |
return KErrNone;
|
sl@0
|
4560 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4561 |
|
sl@0
|
4562 |
void DMasterIni::ReleaseFrameBuffers(TInt aScreenNumber)
|
sl@0
|
4563 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4564 |
RPointerArray<TAny>& frameBuffers = masterIni->iBufferSet[aScreenNumber].iScreenBuffer.iFrameBuffers;
|
sl@0
|
4565 |
RPointerArray<TBufferAddressA>& memChunks = masterIni->iBufferSet[aScreenNumber].iScreenBuffer.iMemChunks;
|
sl@0
|
4566 |
RPointerArray<TBufferAddressA>& dsaChunks = masterIni->iBufferSet[aScreenNumber].iDsaBuffer.iMemChunks;
|
sl@0
|
4567 |
|
sl@0
|
4568 |
NKern::ThreadEnterCS();
|
sl@0
|
4569 |
TInt index;
|
sl@0
|
4570 |
TInt count = memChunks.Count();
|
sl@0
|
4571 |
for (index = 0; index < count; index++)
|
sl@0
|
4572 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4573 |
Kern::ChunkClose(memChunks[index]->iChunk);
|
sl@0
|
4574 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4575 |
count = dsaChunks.Count();
|
sl@0
|
4576 |
for (index = 0; index < count; index++)
|
sl@0
|
4577 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4578 |
Kern::ChunkClose(dsaChunks[index]->iChunk);
|
sl@0
|
4579 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4580 |
NKern::ThreadLeaveCS();
|
sl@0
|
4581 |
|
sl@0
|
4582 |
frameBuffers.Reset();
|
sl@0
|
4583 |
memChunks.Reset();
|
sl@0
|
4584 |
dsaChunks.Reset();
|
sl@0
|
4585 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4586 |
|
sl@0
|
4587 |
|
sl@0
|
4588 |
TProcessAddrEntry::TProcessAddrEntry(DProcess *aProcess, TUint8* aAddress):
|
sl@0
|
4589 |
iProcess(aProcess), iAddress(aAddress)
|
sl@0
|
4590 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4591 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4592 |
|
sl@0
|
4593 |
|
sl@0
|
4594 |
/**
|
sl@0
|
4595 |
Contruct a Shared Chunk cleanup object which will be used to clean up
|
sl@0
|
4596 |
after the process/address table entry.
|
sl@0
|
4597 |
*/
|
sl@0
|
4598 |
TChunkCleanup::TChunkCleanup(DProcess* aProcess, TInt aScreenNumber)
|
sl@0
|
4599 |
: TDfc((TDfcFn)TChunkCleanup::ChunkDestroyed,this,Kern::SvMsgQue(),0)
|
sl@0
|
4600 |
, iProcess(aProcess)
|
sl@0
|
4601 |
, iScreenNumber(aScreenNumber)
|
sl@0
|
4602 |
, iIndex(-1)
|
sl@0
|
4603 |
{}
|
sl@0
|
4604 |
|
sl@0
|
4605 |
/**
|
sl@0
|
4606 |
Cancel the action of the cleanup object.
|
sl@0
|
4607 |
*/
|
sl@0
|
4608 |
void TChunkCleanup::Cancel()
|
sl@0
|
4609 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4610 |
// Clear iProcess which means that when the DFC gets queued on chunk destruction
|
sl@0
|
4611 |
// our ChunkDestroyed method will do nothing other than cleanup itself.
|
sl@0
|
4612 |
iProcess = NULL;
|
sl@0
|
4613 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4614 |
|
sl@0
|
4615 |
/**
|
sl@0
|
4616 |
Callback function called when the DFC runs, i.e. when a chunk is destroyed.
|
sl@0
|
4617 |
*/
|
sl@0
|
4618 |
void TChunkCleanup::ChunkDestroyed(TChunkCleanup* aSelf)
|
sl@0
|
4619 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4620 |
DProcess* process = aSelf->iProcess;
|
sl@0
|
4621 |
TInt screenNumber = aSelf->iScreenNumber;
|
sl@0
|
4622 |
TUint index = aSelf->iIndex;
|
sl@0
|
4623 |
// If we haven't been Cancelled...
|
sl@0
|
4624 |
if(process && index != -1)
|
sl@0
|
4625 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4626 |
if (masterIni->iBufferSet[screenNumber].iProcAddrTable[index].iProcess == process)
|
sl@0
|
4627 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4628 |
masterIni->iBufferSet[screenNumber].iProcAddrTable[index].iProcess = 0;
|
sl@0
|
4629 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4630 |
else
|
sl@0
|
4631 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4632 |
__KTRACE_OPT(KEXTENSION,Kern::Printf("Oops! Someone has messed up our process index!"));
|
sl@0
|
4633 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4634 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4635 |
|
sl@0
|
4636 |
// We've finished so now delete ourself
|
sl@0
|
4637 |
delete aSelf;
|
sl@0
|
4638 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4639 |
|
sl@0
|
4640 |
|
sl@0
|
4641 |
TInt DMasterIni::DisplayMemoryHandle(TInt aScreenNumber, TInt& aHandle)
|
sl@0
|
4642 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4643 |
if (iBufferSet[aScreenNumber].iDsaBuffer.iMemChunks.Count() == 0)
|
sl@0
|
4644 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4645 |
int r;
|
sl@0
|
4646 |
r = AllocateOneFrameBuffer(iMaxSizeInBytes, iBufferSet[aScreenNumber].iDsaBuffer);
|
sl@0
|
4647 |
if (KErrNone != r)
|
sl@0
|
4648 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4649 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
4650 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4651 |
__ASSERT_DEBUG(iBufferSet[aScreenNumber].iDisplayChannel, Fault(EGuiNoDisplayChannel));
|
sl@0
|
4652 |
iBufferSet[aScreenNumber].iDisplayChannel->SetLegacyBuffer(iBufferSet[aScreenNumber].iDsaBuffer.iFrameBuffers[0]);
|
sl@0
|
4653 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4654 |
|
sl@0
|
4655 |
aHandle = Kern::MakeHandleAndOpen(&Kern::CurrentThread(),
|
sl@0
|
4656 |
iBufferSet[aScreenNumber].iDsaBuffer.iMemChunks[0]->iChunk);
|
sl@0
|
4657 |
|
sl@0
|
4658 |
if (aHandle < 0)
|
sl@0
|
4659 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4660 |
return aHandle;
|
sl@0
|
4661 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4662 |
|
sl@0
|
4663 |
return KErrNone;
|
sl@0
|
4664 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4665 |
|
sl@0
|
4666 |
|
sl@0
|
4667 |
|
sl@0
|
4668 |
// Find the address of the display memory.
|
sl@0
|
4669 |
TInt DMasterIni::DisplayMemoryAddress(TInt aScreenNumber, TInt& aAddress)
|
sl@0
|
4670 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4671 |
TBufferSet &bufferSet = iBufferSet[aScreenNumber];
|
sl@0
|
4672 |
DProcess *process = &Kern::CurrentProcess();
|
sl@0
|
4673 |
TInt firstFree = -1;
|
sl@0
|
4674 |
NKern::FMWait(&iLock);
|
sl@0
|
4675 |
TUint count = bufferSet.iProcAddrTable.Count();
|
sl@0
|
4676 |
for(TUint i = 0; i < count; ++i)
|
sl@0
|
4677 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4678 |
DProcess *curProcess = bufferSet.iProcAddrTable[i].iProcess;
|
sl@0
|
4679 |
if (curProcess == process)
|
sl@0
|
4680 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4681 |
aAddress = reinterpret_cast<TInt>(bufferSet.iProcAddrTable[i].iAddress);
|
sl@0
|
4682 |
NKern::FMSignal(&iLock);
|
sl@0
|
4683 |
return KErrNone;
|
sl@0
|
4684 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4685 |
if (curProcess == 0 && firstFree == -1)
|
sl@0
|
4686 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4687 |
firstFree = i;
|
sl@0
|
4688 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4689 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4690 |
NKern::FMSignal(&iLock);
|
sl@0
|
4691 |
// If we get here, we couldn't find the process in the iProcAddrTable.
|
sl@0
|
4692 |
// Create a new Process Address entry.
|
sl@0
|
4693 |
// Step 1
|
sl@0
|
4694 |
// Create a dummy chunk so that we can detect when the process dies,
|
sl@0
|
4695 |
// give a handle to the user [but don't actually let the process KNOW what the handle is
|
sl@0
|
4696 |
// so the user process can't do anything silly with the chunk]. Close our side of the
|
sl@0
|
4697 |
// chunk to make sure there is only one reference to it.
|
sl@0
|
4698 |
DChunk* chunk = 0;
|
sl@0
|
4699 |
// find page size for one page.
|
sl@0
|
4700 |
TUint round = Kern::RoundToPageSize(1);
|
sl@0
|
4701 |
TLinAddr chunkKernelAddr = 0;
|
sl@0
|
4702 |
TUint32 chunkMapAttr = 0;
|
sl@0
|
4703 |
|
sl@0
|
4704 |
// create shared chunk
|
sl@0
|
4705 |
NKern::ThreadEnterCS();
|
sl@0
|
4706 |
// Cleanup object, used to issue a DFC when the chunk is closed (and
|
sl@0
|
4707 |
// as the handle of the chunk is not given to the process, it can only
|
sl@0
|
4708 |
// be closed when the process terminates!)
|
sl@0
|
4709 |
TChunkCleanup *cleanup = new TChunkCleanup(process, aScreenNumber);
|
sl@0
|
4710 |
if (!cleanup)
|
sl@0
|
4711 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4712 |
NKern::ThreadLeaveCS();
|
sl@0
|
4713 |
return KErrNoMemory;
|
sl@0
|
4714 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4715 |
|
sl@0
|
4716 |
TChunkCreateInfo info;
|
sl@0
|
4717 |
info.iType = TChunkCreateInfo::ESharedKernelMultiple;
|
sl@0
|
4718 |
info.iMaxSize = round;
|
sl@0
|
4719 |
info.iMapAttr = 0;
|
sl@0
|
4720 |
info.iOwnsMemory = ETrue;
|
sl@0
|
4721 |
info.iDestroyedDfc = cleanup;
|
sl@0
|
4722 |
|
sl@0
|
4723 |
TInt r = Kern::ChunkCreate(info, chunk, chunkKernelAddr, chunkMapAttr);
|
sl@0
|
4724 |
|
sl@0
|
4725 |
if (r != KErrNone)
|
sl@0
|
4726 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4727 |
delete cleanup;
|
sl@0
|
4728 |
NKern::ThreadLeaveCS();
|
sl@0
|
4729 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
4730 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4731 |
|
sl@0
|
4732 |
|
sl@0
|
4733 |
// Create a new handle for the user thread.
|
sl@0
|
4734 |
r = Kern::MakeHandleAndOpen(&Kern::CurrentThread(), chunk);
|
sl@0
|
4735 |
Kern::ChunkClose(chunk);
|
sl@0
|
4736 |
if (r <= 0)
|
sl@0
|
4737 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4738 |
NKern::ThreadLeaveCS();
|
sl@0
|
4739 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
4740 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4741 |
|
sl@0
|
4742 |
// Step 2
|
sl@0
|
4743 |
// Create a second handle for the chunk to the DSA buffer.
|
sl@0
|
4744 |
// First part: Make sure there is a DisplayMemoryHandle;
|
sl@0
|
4745 |
TInt handle = 0;
|
sl@0
|
4746 |
r = DisplayMemoryHandle(aScreenNumber, handle);
|
sl@0
|
4747 |
if (r != KErrNone)
|
sl@0
|
4748 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4749 |
Kern::ChunkClose(chunk);
|
sl@0
|
4750 |
NKern::ThreadLeaveCS();
|
sl@0
|
4751 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
4752 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4753 |
|
sl@0
|
4754 |
DChunk *dsaChunk = bufferSet.iDsaBuffer.iMemChunks[0]->iChunk;
|
sl@0
|
4755 |
|
sl@0
|
4756 |
// Step 3
|
sl@0
|
4757 |
// Get the base addrss and insert into table.
|
sl@0
|
4758 |
TUint8* baseAddress = Kern::ChunkUserBase(dsaChunk, &Kern::CurrentThread());
|
sl@0
|
4759 |
NKern::FMWait(&iLock);
|
sl@0
|
4760 |
// Optimistically, the place we found earlier in the table is still free.
|
sl@0
|
4761 |
if (firstFree != -1 && bufferSet.iProcAddrTable[firstFree].iProcess != 0)
|
sl@0
|
4762 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4763 |
// If not, we go find another one.
|
sl@0
|
4764 |
firstFree = -1;
|
sl@0
|
4765 |
TUint count = bufferSet.iProcAddrTable.Count();
|
sl@0
|
4766 |
for(TUint i = 0; i < count; ++i)
|
sl@0
|
4767 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4768 |
if (bufferSet.iProcAddrTable[i].iProcess == 0)
|
sl@0
|
4769 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4770 |
firstFree = i;
|
sl@0
|
4771 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
4772 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4773 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4774 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4775 |
// Check if there is a free entry - if so, re-use it.
|
sl@0
|
4776 |
if (firstFree != -1)
|
sl@0
|
4777 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4778 |
bufferSet.iProcAddrTable[firstFree].iProcess = process;
|
sl@0
|
4779 |
bufferSet.iProcAddrTable[firstFree].iAddress = baseAddress;
|
sl@0
|
4780 |
cleanup->SetIndex(firstFree);
|
sl@0
|
4781 |
NKern::FMSignal(&iLock);
|
sl@0
|
4782 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4783 |
else
|
sl@0
|
4784 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4785 |
// No free entry. Append it to the list.
|
sl@0
|
4786 |
NKern::FMSignal(&iLock);
|
sl@0
|
4787 |
TProcessAddrEntry entry(process, baseAddress);
|
sl@0
|
4788 |
r = bufferSet.iProcAddrTable.Append(entry);
|
sl@0
|
4789 |
if (r != KErrNone)
|
sl@0
|
4790 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4791 |
Kern::ChunkClose(chunk);
|
sl@0
|
4792 |
NKern::ThreadLeaveCS();
|
sl@0
|
4793 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
4794 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4795 |
// We added it at the end - so we start from the back and check for the
|
sl@0
|
4796 |
// process, as some other process COULD have added one after us, so we
|
sl@0
|
4797 |
// can't just use the count for index!
|
sl@0
|
4798 |
TUint index;
|
sl@0
|
4799 |
for(index = bufferSet.iProcAddrTable.Count()-1; index; --index)
|
sl@0
|
4800 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4801 |
if (bufferSet.iProcAddrTable[index].iProcess == process
|
sl@0
|
4802 |
&& bufferSet.iProcAddrTable[index].iAddress != baseAddress)
|
sl@0
|
4803 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4804 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
4805 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4806 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4807 |
cleanup->SetIndex(index);
|
sl@0
|
4808 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4809 |
aAddress = reinterpret_cast<TInt>(baseAddress);
|
sl@0
|
4810 |
|
sl@0
|
4811 |
NKern::ThreadLeaveCS();
|
sl@0
|
4812 |
return KErrNone;
|
sl@0
|
4813 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4814 |
|
sl@0
|
4815 |
EXPORT_C TInt WinsGui::CurrentConfiguration()
|
sl@0
|
4816 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4817 |
return ::CurrentConfiguration;
|
sl@0
|
4818 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4819 |
|
sl@0
|
4820 |
GLDEF_C void Fault(TGuiPanic aPanic)
|
sl@0
|
4821 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4822 |
Kern::Fault("WINS-UI",aPanic);
|
sl@0
|
4823 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4824 |
|
sl@0
|
4825 |
DECLARE_STANDARD_EXTENSION()
|
sl@0
|
4826 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4827 |
__KTRACE_OPT(KEXTENSION,Kern::Printf("Starting Emulator GUI"));
|
sl@0
|
4828 |
|
sl@0
|
4829 |
// if NoGui property == true do nothing
|
sl@0
|
4830 |
if (Property::GetBool("NoGui",EFalse))
|
sl@0
|
4831 |
return KErrNone;
|
sl@0
|
4832 |
|
sl@0
|
4833 |
// create keyboard driver
|
sl@0
|
4834 |
TInt r=KErrNoMemory;
|
sl@0
|
4835 |
masterIni = new DMasterIni;
|
sl@0
|
4836 |
if (masterIni)
|
sl@0
|
4837 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4838 |
r = masterIni->Create();
|
sl@0
|
4839 |
if (r!= KErrNone)
|
sl@0
|
4840 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4841 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
4842 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4843 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4844 |
|
sl@0
|
4845 |
DMultiTouch::iMultiTouchSupported = DMultiTouch::Init();
|
sl@0
|
4846 |
|
sl@0
|
4847 |
// Create multitouch when necessary
|
sl@0
|
4848 |
if (systemIni->MultiTouchEnabled() && systemIni->GCEEnabled() && DMultiTouch::iMultiTouchSupported)
|
sl@0
|
4849 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4850 |
TheMultiTouch = new DMultiTouch(systemIni->MultiTouchProximityStep(),systemIni->MultiTouchPressureStep());
|
sl@0
|
4851 |
if(!TheMultiTouch)
|
sl@0
|
4852 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4853 |
r = KErrNoMemory;
|
sl@0
|
4854 |
__KTRACE_OPT(KEXTENSION,Kern::Printf("Returns %d",r));
|
sl@0
|
4855 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
4856 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4857 |
DMultiTouch::iMultiTouchCreated = TRUE;
|
sl@0
|
4858 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4859 |
|
sl@0
|
4860 |
__KTRACE_OPT(KEXTENSION,Kern::Printf("Returns %d",r));
|
sl@0
|
4861 |
return r;
|
sl@0
|
4862 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4863 |
|
sl@0
|
4864 |
TInt DWinsUi::DoDefineEmulatorControlHotKey(TAny* aPtr, const char* aValue)
|
sl@0
|
4865 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4866 |
return static_cast<DWinsUi*>(aPtr)->DefineEmulatorControlHotKey(aValue);
|
sl@0
|
4867 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4868 |
|
sl@0
|
4869 |
|
sl@0
|
4870 |
TInt DWinsUi::DefineEmulatorControlHotKey(const char* aValue)
|
sl@0
|
4871 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4872 |
const char* beg = skipws(aValue);
|
sl@0
|
4873 |
const char* end = skiptok(beg);
|
sl@0
|
4874 |
TInt err = KErrNone;
|
sl@0
|
4875 |
|
sl@0
|
4876 |
TEmulCommand command = ENoCommand;
|
sl@0
|
4877 |
TInt data = 0;
|
sl@0
|
4878 |
if (_strnicmp(beg, "SelectConfig", end-beg) == 0)
|
sl@0
|
4879 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4880 |
//get the int param which is the config to switch to
|
sl@0
|
4881 |
beg = end;
|
sl@0
|
4882 |
char * e;
|
sl@0
|
4883 |
data = strtol(beg, &e,0);
|
sl@0
|
4884 |
if (beg == e)
|
sl@0
|
4885 |
err = KErrArgument;
|
sl@0
|
4886 |
end = e;
|
sl@0
|
4887 |
command = ESelectConfig;
|
sl@0
|
4888 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4889 |
else if(_strnicmp(beg, "NextConfig", end-beg) == 0)
|
sl@0
|
4890 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4891 |
command = ENextConfig;
|
sl@0
|
4892 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4893 |
else
|
sl@0
|
4894 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4895 |
err = KErrArgument;
|
sl@0
|
4896 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4897 |
if (err != KErrNone)
|
sl@0
|
4898 |
return err;
|
sl@0
|
4899 |
|
sl@0
|
4900 |
// get the keys
|
sl@0
|
4901 |
KeyCombination* pCombination = new KeyCombination(data, command);
|
sl@0
|
4902 |
if (!pCombination)
|
sl@0
|
4903 |
return KErrNoMemory;
|
sl@0
|
4904 |
|
sl@0
|
4905 |
beg = skipws(end);
|
sl@0
|
4906 |
const char* end2;
|
sl@0
|
4907 |
for (TInt i=0;i<KMaxHotKeyCombinationLength;i++)
|
sl@0
|
4908 |
{
|
sl@0
|
4909 |
TInt key=KErrNotFound;
|
sl@0
|
4910 |
end2 = skiptok(beg);
|
sl@0
|
4911 |
TPtrC8 name((const TUint8*)beg, end2-beg);
|
sl@0
|
4912 |
if ((key=iKeyboard.GetScanCode(name))!=KErrNotFound)
|
sl@0
|
4913 |
pCombination->AddKey((TStdScanCode)key);
|
sl@0
|
4914 |
|
sl@0
|
4915 |
if (beg == end2 || *end2++ != ',')
|
sl@0
|
4916 |
break;
|
sl@0
|
4917 |
beg = end2;
|
sl@0
|
4918 |
}
|
sl@0
|
4919 |
return iControlHotKeys.Append(pCombination);
|
sl@0
|
4920 |
}
|